The Paranormal and The Sacred Radio Show: Recent Episodes
The Paranormal and The Sacred
Featured Host Char McCain, a Forensics Counselor, Psychic, Writer, Artist, Christian Mystic and UFO Experiencer~interviews guests who are experts on all aspects of the paranormal and the sacred. The Paranormal and The Sacred has been featured on Blog Talk Radio as Staff Pick!
Do you want to take off like a rocket but you just don t have the fuel? Do you feel like the dreams of your youth are now replaced with the frenzy of everyday living? Do you get the sense that you just can't catch a break? What if you could actually have everything you wanted in life while still being you? What if you already had the resources you need to make it happen? It all starts with a question: What would you like? In Becoming Ridiculously Awesome, Meredith Herrenbruck will take you on an amazing journey that makes Ebenezer Scrooge's journey pale by comparison. You'll visit your past and discover how to let go of those painful memories. You will learn how to better align yourself in the present, and you will prepare yourself for just the right opportunities to fall into your lap in the near future. Armed with powerful tools you need to shoot off your rockets, you'll soon be able to:· Care for yourself in ways that will stabilize and energize you· Connect with others so you can share the wonderful life you already have. Align with your environment so everything flows more smoothly. Revitalize yourself with powerful spiritual healing techniques. Improve your daily experience by clearing away negative energies and entities. Trust and follow your own wisdom to blaze the trail to personal fulfillment Are you ready to break free of the chain you ve forged in life so far? Then start reading and begin creating the life you want to experience right now.
A Message for Sardis...Jesus tells this church that, sure, technically they're alive, but they're starting to look a bit dead. It's time to wake up and get back on the right path. That or find a good mortician.If they don't resurrect themselves, Jesus is going to come like a thief in the night. They won't know when or where. This is getting spooky.Some of them are dressed in dirty clothes and some of them are wearing fresh white robes. The ones in the nice clean clothes are actually walking with Jesus. He really has an eye for fashion. If they repent, though, he'll give them all clean white clothes to wear. He'll also write their names in the Book of Life—and that's a Book you want to be in.A Message for PhiladelphiaJesus has given them a door that no one can shut. It's their entryway to the kingdom of God. Just make sure to sweep off the welcome mat every once in a while.He knows that they don't have a lot of power where they're at, but he's glad they've stayed faithful to him.People have been telling lies about the Christians in this church, but soon those same people are going to bow down at their feet. Just as soon as they get a taste of the humble pie Jesus is planning to serve up. Just keep the faith, Jesus tells them. If they do, they'll all get God's name written on them. Coolest tattoo ever. A Message for LaodiceaThis church is kind of lukewarm.If they were hot or cold at least they'd have some taste, but they're just room temperature. Jesus is getting ready to spit them out onto the floor and demand to see the chef.Some of the people here are bragging about how spiritually rich they are. In reality, they're poor and blind and naked.
Bloodstains is the startling tale of one man’s search for the truth after inheriting the personal diaries belonging to his great-great-grandfather who he discovers was America’s first and most notorious serial killer Herman Webster Mudgett. Better known by his alias H.H. Holmes, Mudgett was the mass murderer who struck terror into the nation by being the proprietor of the infamous Murder Castle and stalking the streets of Chicago during the 1893 World’s Fair. During his incarceration awaiting execution, well over a century ago, Holmes admitted killing 27 innocent victims, but the evidence the author locates indicates hundreds more likely. From his investigation, Jeff Mudgett, the direct descendant, learns that Holmes’ reign of terror was worldwide and not limited to Chicago as has been so widely believed. Based upon never before revealed historical facts, Jeff pieces together a dynamic and extraordinary puzzle, including the strong possibility that Holmes was also Jack the Ripper. Far more than a documentary, Bloodstains is precariously balanced on the very edge between non-fiction and the paranormal, as the author’s research of his evil ancestor quickly takes on a personal aspect. Jeff soon fears his efforts may have awakened the legendary ‘Holmes Curse’ of the 1890s, the one investigated and written about by most of the nation’s major publications, including The New York Times. In fact, the deeper he digs into Holmes’ devilish past, the stronger the monster’s hold on him seems to become, testing the limits of his own sanity, as well as humanity. Racked by a mysterious and never before experienced epilepsy, Jeff suffers crippling grand mal seizures whenever he disobeys the haunting voices in his head. Finally, with nowhere else to turn, Jeff is forced to make the decisions of his genetic lifetime in a life-or-death struggle in order to win the greatest prize of all: his survival.
June is a psychic, medium, nurse, animal communicator and author. As a young child she communicated with animals and spirits. As she grew older her psychic abilities grew stronger. She left home at the age of eighteen to enter the military, where she trained as a nurse. She lives on a small farm in rural Oregon City, Oregon with her husband, son and assorted animals. She has been helping people with their paranormal issues for over thirty years and is an active member of NW Paranormal Investigative Team. Her specialty in the group is negative removals. She never felt the need to have her work published until seven years ago when those on the other side urged her to write her first book, A Mediums Guide to the Paranormal, to help others understand what the paranormal world is all about. She hopes that the information contained in these books will help you to understand the paranormal world. People need to know that God does hear us. He knows what we need, which is not necessarily what we want.
Nathaniel Gillis is a religious demonologist and author. After living in a haunted house, Nathaniel spent 20 years researching what it was he encountered. Nathaniel is the founder of Preternatural Epiphenomenal Philosophy. Nathaniel has sought to redefine the nature of haunting phenomena, ghosts and high strangeness. He's often quoted for his concept of the demonic. "The reason they are playing by different rules is because they are playing a different game."
My name is Mark Fiorentino and I am the author of Master of Reality which is a book about the completion of Einstein's Unified Field Theory. As long as I can remember, I have been blessed (or cursed depending on your point of view) with Government Systems and moved to North Carolina and worked for IBM for the next 16 years. Those were good years and I learned a great deal about trouble shooting computer systems and hardware. I also taught myself computer programming and used that knowledge to develop a program to failure analysis faulty electronic circuit boards. I received a prestigious Division Award for helping the company save millions of dollars by preventing difficult to fix circuit board assemblies from being thrown away. I also designed built and automated testing of electronic devices to assist in improving the quality of our products and manufacturing process. I received Out Standing Achievements awards for those projects as well. I made many wonderful friends along the way and I enjoyed the my experience at IBM. I moved back to Florida work for 5 years at a company named ImageSoft and then finished my career locally in my home town.
Kris Newby is an author and award-winning science writer at Stanford University and the senior producer of the Lyme disease documentary UNDER OUR SKIN, which premiered at the Tribeca Film Festival and was a 2010 Oscar semifinalist. Newby has two degrees in engineering, a bachelor’s degree from the University of Utah and a master’s degree from Stanford University. Previously, Newby was a technology writer for Apple and other Silicon Valley companies. We will also be discussing her new book Bitten.
Jason Hewlet , Director of the paranormal documentary-series, “We Want to Believe” will discuss the series, and his research including the truth vs myth of paranormal investigations, as well as other high strangeness. He will be discussing his series and career as a paranormal investigator, and working with Peter Renn of Vancouver Paranormal Society. Jason is a journalist, broadcaster, and podcaster with a degree in filmmaking and film studies. He has more than a decade’s experience as an investigator and researcher. He’s experienced paranormal phenomenon since childhood, and went on his first ghost hunt in 2003. Jason conducted his own investigations until joining Vancouver Paranormal Society in 2017, where he is now a lead investigator and society director.
Arlen Schumer is an award-winning comic book-style illustrator for the advertising and editorial markets, and a member of The Society of Illustrators, an author/designer of coffee table art books, including "Visions from The Twilight Zone" and "The Silver Age of Comic Book Art", which won the Independent Book Publishers Award for Best Popular Culture Book. He is a recognized expert on American popular culture—especially the legendary television series "The Twilight Zone" and the music of Bruce Springsteen—presenting his Visual Lectures on these and other subjects at major universities and cultural institutions across the country and around the world.
Healing with Sound, Vibration, Frequency and Light" Wit, Wisdom and Wow are synonymous with Dr. Mary Helen Hensley. Her marriage of no holds barred humor and honesty, coupled with integrity and compassion make her one of Ireland and Europe’s most sought after metaphysical healers and synergistic speakers. After receiving a BA in Communications and Graphic Design from Coker University in Hartsville, SC, Mary Helen was involved in a high speed collision in Charleston, SC which resulted in a Near-Death Experience (NDE). Riddled with injuries, including a broken neck, she went on to earn a Doctorate in Chiropractic at Sherman College of Chiropractic in Spartanburg, SC. Endowed with the gift of “downloading” an individual’s biography in order to change their present state biology, Dr. Hensley has facilitated the healing process for countless individuals. Author of nine books, including “Promised By Heaven”,co-author of the number one best-seller, “Bringing Death To Life”, and “Understanding Is The New Healing- Miraculous Recoveries from Physical and Emotional Trauma".
L. A. Marzulli is an author, lecturer and filmmaker. He has penned eight books including The Nephilim Trilogy which made the CBA best sellers list. He received an honorary doctorate for the series from his mentor Dr. I. D. E. Thomas, who was the Provost at Pacific International University. His new series On the Trail of the Nephilim is a full color, over-sized book which uncovers startling evidence that there has been a massive cover up of what he believes are the remains of the Nephilim, the giants mentioned in the Bible! He is now working on Volume II, in the series which promises to have even more incredible and revealing photographs and interviews. L. A. is On the Trail.
But he does have one bone to pick with them—they've lost that loving feeling. In the beginning, they were filled with love, and now they've kind of lost their passion for him and each other. Threats of death or banishment will do that to you. He wants them to remember how good things used to be and go back to that. If they don't do this, Jesus is going to take their candlestick and chuck it out. Too bad, those looked expensive. But if they do they right thing, they're going to eat from the tree of life in Paradise with God. So, a pretty nice reward. A Message for Smyrna Jesus knows the people in Smyrna aren't rich. But, hey, mo' money, mo' problems, right? He knows they've been turned into the Roman authorities by some of the Jewish people (because Jews don't consider Christians as part of the synagogue anymore). This is bad, but they shouldn't worry about what's about to happen next. Some of them are going to be thrown in jail—oh, sure, nothing to worry about. If they're faithful 'til death (wait, so now they're going to be arrested and killed?), Jesus will give them a crown of life to wear. Well, maybe it's a really fancy crown. But if they don't stay faithful to him, they're going to receive eternal punishment. That crown is starting to look better and better. A Message for Pergamum Jesus understands that they're living near Satan's throne. (Pergamum is by the seat of the Roman government—subtle, Jesus.) But, he knows they're keeping the faith anyway. They didn't pretend not to be Christians when one of them was killed a while back. Nice job, guys. However… there are some people in the church who are still follow.
Robert Lindsy Milne is recognized across the continent as one of the most insightful Psychic Intuitive Counselors of his time. He has traveled the world giving insight with his Psychic Intuitive Sessions to tens of thousands of people. www.rlmreadsyou.com
Constance Victoria Briggs is a metaphysical, spiritual and cosmic researcher and writer. We will be discussing her new book Encyclopedia of Moon Mysteries. She has authored three previous books: The Encyclopedia of Angels, Encyclopedia of God, and The Encyclopedia of the Unseen World. Briggs has also been a guest speaker on several radio shows discussing the paranormal, extraterrestrials, life-after-death, near-death-experiences, as well as other related topics. It is Briggs's goal to investigate the mysteries of the universe and how they connect to humanity. She and her family make their home in Southern California.
Dan and his wife reside in Decater, Alabama. They have alternative beliefs & teachings, alternative spirituality, they enjoy being creative, their cat Hobbes, friends, good food, drinks & fun! Born in Chicago, Il, He has lived in Alabama for over 30 years, married to his best friend & sweetheart Tina. He loves to read, cook, film, act, he love's creativity, having drinks with friends while they watch comedies. Love to attempt gardening, & their fuzzy maine coon. Dan Chaney was born in Chicago in 1968. He had many early childhood encounters with ETs/EDs, unbeknownst to him at the time. Later in life he had many more experiences of a wide variety , all across the paranormal spectrum. Having spent many years involved in Christianity of a fundamental nature, Dan left organized religion to make the effort to grow more spiritually. He studied non-mainstream/Western beliefs such as Wicca, Eckankar, Eastern teachings & Universal teachings & became greatly interested in Ufology. Dan has read & collected countless books over the past twenty-five years. Considering himself spiritually eclectic, his strong belief is that, "WE are ALL the children of God, to include ALL beings, known & unknown!" His basic spiritual practices are meditation, compassion & service to others, and allowing LOVE to manifest in his life, daily and moment to moment, believing that LOVE is what we are here for. He also believes that we are to love others enough to allow their free will to seek out and discover their own path to the Creator, wherever that may lead! Dan has read, studied, and meditated to understand the nature and meaning of his many Contact experiences. He has also had experiences with other-density beings, such as a phouka that was ejected from him by a shaman. Throughout it all, he has been a student of the Great Mystery that we call living.
Ah, here we go. So Jesus is the son of God, but he was also a human. The book opens with our narrator, John. He's just a mild-mannered Christian guy living in exile when—pow!—God hits him with a doozy of a revelation (hey, that's not a bad idea for a title). John is told to write down everything God shows him, and boy is God going to show him some strange things. First, John sees a vision of Heaven. There he meets God and Jesus and all sorts of other angels, elders, and weird six-winged creatures that inhabit the heavenly realms. After a brief how-do-you-do, John sees Jesus come forward (in the form of a seven-eyed lamb) and open seven seals. Each of the seals lets loose God's fury on the Earth. We're talking rivers of blood, plagues of locusts, giant hailstones, twenty more seasons of Jersey Shore. The last seal unleashes seven angelic trumpeters, which in turn unleashes seven bowls of God's judgment. Yep, God really has a thing for sevens… and pouring down his wrath on non-believers. Rivers of blood not freaking you out enough? While all this is happening, John sees some pretty hideous creatures lurking around. A giant red dragon, a beast with seven heads, and another beast who also happens to love the number 666. John is told that these baddies have been busy convincing the people of Earth to worship them instead of God. They also like to kill Christians and just generally be evil. Things are not going to go well for them. After God sends all the plagues to Earth and loads of people die (eek!), he has the armies of Heaven wipe the dragon and the two beasts off the face of the Earth. Literally. They get thrown in the Lake of Fire… along with all their followers who refuse to worship God. As for all the faithful Christians who stayed strong and kept faith in Jesus, they get to go to a splendid city in the sky where the streets are paved with gold and diamonds and nothing bad ever happens to anyone ever again. It's all good...
Steve Erdmann has been a writer and investigator in the areas of the paranormal ever since his teenage years. He has written for BEYOND REALITY, COSMOS, and several other Fortean publications. Lately, he writes for ALTERNATE PERCEPTION MAGAZINE, wartcherstalk.com, and his own wordpresscom507.wordpress.com under the auspices of the Stephen Erdmann Foundation. He likes multiple authors such as Stephen King (horror) and Joseph P. Farrell (paranormal/esoteric). Politically, he is independent as he sees most politics as corrupt, and he is dedicated to combating that corruption.
Omar Faizi He is a founder and host of WatchersTalk podcast created in 2015, He has had discussions with some of the leading researchers on the planet in the fields of Archeology, Ancient History, Exo-politics, UFO research, Alien abductions and consciousness to name a few. He currently lives in British Columbia Canada and he is from Copenhagen, Denmark. His main focus of attention is Consciousness. He is currently writing a book called Earth Frequency which highlights how our human experience and consciousness is being suppressed by unseen powers. His only focus is to bring forth information which is relative to raising our collective awareness and our vibrational distortion by lifting the veil of deception by the powers that should not be.
Nancy first came forward publicly with her story in September of 2011 despite the realization of how it would affect her life and those around her. She has spent the last eight years sharing her messages and helping others to come forward with their stories."PREORDAINED" is an autobiography of Nancy's past, present and ongoing life events. She quotes the late Jim Marrs, a journalist and bestselling author who first coined the term, "The Mental Boggle Point." This is the point at which even the most open-minded are confronted with information that is so unbelievable that the mind succumbs to a "rubber band" effect, snapping back to beliefs that are more comfortable and socially acceptable.It is her belief that the past, present and future are all one and the same. The pattern is a circle that repeats itself in a predictable manner; it is the circle of life itself. It is what she believes gave birth to humanity.During a sleep state Nancy wrote the words, "Realities or illusions are a part of the delusion we have created. We are living in a delusional illusion of our making. We are all players in this fictional theater we are performing for our creators. The stage is set at birth and our performance has begun."On August 22, 2019 Nancy entered a state of Samadhi. During Samadhi the mind is turned off and the physical world disappears along with its conceptions of space and time. The universe is perceived as an illusion without intrinsic reality, the ego is dissolved revealing the oneness of creation and the existence of the Cosmic Mind. When somebody enters Samadhi even once, a deep internal transformation results that annihilates all patterns of reality.Her life has taken a deeper meaning as she attempts to honor this oneness seeing the world through new eyes, with an even deeper longing to connect with every living thing, accepting that her life and all life is preordained. Every minute detail and all the obstacles were meant to be. A message she still receives.
Jude 1. If he were related to Jesus, he's just like James and Peter in that he doesn't include any personal stories about J.C. No recollections of a childhood spent playing with G.I. Joes by the Sea of Galilee or stories about how it's tough trying to live up to your brother. Especially when that brother is the only begotten son of God. Talk about sibling rivalry. Write On Next question: did Jude, a brother of James and Jesus, really write this epistle? Another blood relative penning biblical books? Based on the fact that none of our authors have been have been 100% authentic so far, you might be thinking…no. And you mght be right. Or not. Jude kind of falls into a gray area. Quite a few scholars think the letter could have been written by a guy named Jude who lived in Palestine in the years just after Jesus' death. He's using a Hebrew translation of the Hebrew Bible (which would have been way more popular in Judea than the Greek version). He's also way into the Book of Enoch—a bit of Jewish literature about the end of the world that was popular back in the day. It was light reading on a warm Jerusalem night. But on the no side, scholars point to the passage about "the salvation we share" (Jude 1:3). That's an idea that probably would have come around after all the original apostles had died. It takes a while to open things up to everyone, after all. Most scholars lean towards the Jude-wrote-it camp. Think about it. If you're gonna fake a letter, it makes more sense to say the author is the Apostle Paul or St. Peter or James, the brother of Jesus. But Jude? He's not that big of a player in the 1st-century church to attract notice—even he has to cling to James's coattails by telling us they're related. We're not saying he's a nobody, but his name isn't packing the people in their seats either. If the real Jude is the author, that means that this is a pretty old letter. It also means that 2 Peter is actually copying Jude. Well, Jude got a book in the Bible! Cool!
Jeff Patrick was born near Chicago, Illinois and has loved horror films and literature, Halloween, vampires, werewolves, and monsters since birth. A staff writer for the indie magazine The Hacker's Source in the 2000s, he started publishing his work on Amazon Kindle in 2012. An unrepentant rocker/metalhead. Jeff is currently working on his new book Dance of The Dead soon to be published sometime in August 2020. Jeff Patrick also enjoys collecting books and horror film memorabilia, exploring old cemeteries, playing keyboard and bass guitar, and walking his dogs near his home in Tennessee. This is part II of our interview.
For more than 30 years, Jackie Barrett has been a psychic edium and author. Her amazing abilities to both communicate with the dead and guide the living have propelled her into the spotlight. She is known throughout the world as America's foremost occult and paranormal expert. Jackie's remarkable efforts with the Red Cross and the Jackie Barrett Foundation have raised millions of dollars, and her compassion has earned her a great deal of respect, enabling her to help thousands of people from diverse backgrounds. She has clients all over the world, including celebrities in the music and entertainment industries, politicians, socialites, and professional athletes. Jackie is the most sought after for her unique seances where she allows the guest to directly communicate with the contacted spirit, instead of the traditional seance where only the medium will make contact with the spirit. She has been issued a captain's badge from now-retired NYC Police Captain Sean Crowley for her work on cold cases. She works with him and her daughter Joanne, who assists her with both cold cases and private clients. Jackie also continues her work with personal clients around the world. Jackie's book, The Haunting of the Gemini is a riveting account of her journey with the New York City Zodiac Killer. After almost two decades of silence, he choose to speak only with Jackie, and this book tells -- for the first time -- the true extent of his crimes. The Haunting of the Gemini follows her last book, The Devil I Know, which chronicles her experiences with Amityville murderer Ronnie DeFeo. www.thehousethatkaybuilt.com
The Third Epistle of John, often referred to as Third John and written 3 John or III John, is the third-to-last book of the New Testament and the Christian Bible as a whole, and attributed to John the Evangelist, traditionally thought to be the author of the Gospel of John and the other two epistles of John. The Third Epistle of John is a private letter composed to a man named Gaius, recommending to him a group of Christians led by Demetrius, which had come to preach the gospel in the area where Gaius lived. The purpose of the letter is to encourage and strengthen Gaius, and to warn him against Diotrephes, who refuses to cooperate with the author of the letter. Early church literature contains no mention of the epistle, with the first reference to it appearing in the middle of the third century. This lack of documentation, though likely due to the extreme brevity of the epistle, caused early church writers to doubt its authenticity until the early 5th century, when it was accepted into the canon along with the other two epistles of John. The language of 3 John echoes that of the Gospel of John, which is conventionally dated to around AD 90, so the epistle was likely written near the end of the first century. Others contest this view, such as the scholar John A. T. Robinson, who dates 3 John to c. AD 60–65.[1] The location of writing is unknown, but tradition places it in Ephesus. The epistle is found in many of the oldest New Testament manuscripts, and its text is free of major discrepancies or textual variants. Wikipedia
Jeff Patrick was born near Chicago, Illinois and has loved horror films and literature, Halloween, vampires, werewolves, and monsters since birth. A staff writer for the indie magazine The Hacker's Source in the 2000s, he started publishing his work on Amazon Kindle in 2012. An unrepentant rocker/metalhead. Jeff is currently working on his new book Dance of The Dead soon to be published sometime in August 2020. Jeff Patrick also enjoys collecting books and horror film memorabilia, exploring old cemeteries, playing keyboard and bass guitar, and walking his dogs near his home in Tennessee.
Truth, Love, and All That Jazz The speaker opens this letter by identifying himself as "the elder." That's a little more helpful, though a name would have been nice. He says he's writing to "the elect lady and her children." Sounds pretty fancy—we're guessing he's out to impress. The elder says he loves the truth and he's really glad to know that the lady and her children are upholding the truth, too (i.e., they haven't given into the naysayers in the elder's community yet). Again, he says he's not trying to tell her anything new, but that they should "love one another." Nope, nothing new to see here. Basically, love means following in God's footsteps and doing the things he says we should do. We've been there, done that. The elder warns the lady that all kinds of liars are roaming around telling people the wrong stuff about Jesus. These guys are antichrists. He tells her that she needs to be on guard. If she starts to believe the things they're saying, she'll lose everything—everything she's worked for spiritually, that is. The elder warns her not to let any of these naysayers into her house. Showing basic hospitality, apparently, is a way of supporting evil. There are all kinds of other things he needs to tell her, but he's not going to put them in writing right now. He'll visit soon and explain more in person. He ends by saying that her nieces and nephews say hi. Hi! Thanks again to shmoop.com and by the music group Savae.
Kurt Mayne was born in Oakland, California. He attended Oakland High. It was at some point during his senior year that he had his life changing encounter with the being named "Catfish" . It occurred on a warm summer night, in an Oakland hood, proof positive that there is no such thing as a neighborhood these beings will not go into. This began a life of night terrors, and fear of highs as well as claustrophobic tendencies. It was at some point either slightly before this catfish encounter, that on a double date in San Francisco he walked into hell. That being a satanic store in the North Beach area. This drastically affected his life. A "darkness bolt from hell" came down and went straight through him, in the middle of the store. To this day, just what that brought into his life, remains a question. He married Jill Gruenwald in the 80's, then things began to surface in his mind. He tried hypnotherapy with about 6 or so different people . Hypnotherapy helped his night terrors , as he was able to get to at least some of the "catfish" memory, which, in large part, had a lot of blank spots to recover. It was, however, brutal on a marriage already rough. He then went on to have 2 daughters. It was soon after the 2nd was born that Jill succumbed to pancreatic cancer. He still recalls her saying, 'These little guys better have not given this to me". Just before she was diagnosed, their house (also in Oakland) was flooded with white light. He remarried into a very rough marriage, also not helped by the presence of the others , or visitors as some refer to them as. At one point in that marriage Kury was taken from the bed (while she was kept still, in a frozen like state). He was taken aboard a craft, where he met a being who had the most intense, almost werewolf like eyes. He can still recall being chastised for not doing what he is supposed to be doing. What "that " is, still remains a mystery. Kurt now resides in Taos, New Mexico.
Marilyn A. Salas: Born December 26, 1943 in Columbus, Ohio where she grew up along with two brothers in a traditional hard-working family. She lost her father to tuberculosis when she was 14 years old. She graduated from high school, and then went to work for an insurance company as a typist, and was soon hired by the Federal Government. Over a period of 15 years, she held positions as a typist, secretary and, then as a library assistant at Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, where she met and married her husband Robert Salas. Capitan Robert Salas a world renowned UFO Lecturer and author. After Robert and she married in August 1969, they moved to California in December 1969 after Bob graduated from the Air Force Institute of Technology completing his Master’s Degree. Bob accepted a work assignment with the Air Force, and was transferred to the Space and Missile Systems Organization in Southern California where they also had their two children, Andrea and Robby. While in So. California they renovated many homes, eventually moving and settling in Ojai, California where they have now lived over 20 years. They are active doing home decor/renovations, and involved in local politics and community support. They have also traveled extensively, and lived in Jakarta, Indonesia for 2 years in the early 1990’s. Marilyn was told by her meditation teacher in Jakarta that she was a healer, and had been so for many lifetimes, so with no official training, nor instruction, she tapped into the healing energies of Spiritual/Unconditional Love. Her healing abilities blossomed, and her interests and research led her to develop her own aromatherapy mist using 26 essential oils as inspired by her spirit guides. Marilyn has had many spiritual and paranormal experiences. You can contact her on Facebook at MarilynASalas and www.lovesblessings.com to buy her products and they are available in selected shops in California and Colorado
1 John 5 John, The Elder has another letter so listen up! You Gotta Have Faith And…more from the speaker: anyone who believes that Jesus is the Messiah is a child of God. That means if you love God, then you have to love his children (i.e., other believers), too. Oh, and you also have to obey his commandments. But no worries, says the author; his commandments are pretty simple: believe in Jesus and love other people. Having faith in these things is like a victory over the evil powers of the not-great world. It's like shining a light in the darkness. Flashlights ready. The speaker tells us that Jesus came "by water and blood." That's just referring to Jesus' baptism (water) and death (blood). He continues: three things tell us the truth about Jesus: the water (baptism), the blood (his death), and the Spirit (or, as you might better know it, the Holy Spirit). God has told the world all about Jesus, and that outranks anything ordinary people have to say about him. Lesson: go right to the source. But how do you know what God has told the world? Well, you have faith. Love you people! Thanks The Ryrie Bible, Shmoop and Savae!
• Ist John Chapter 4 • One big thing to note: "do not believe in every spirit." Um, okay. • Really, the speaker just means that people and ideas might seem like they're from God, but they're not. You've got to put these folks to the test. • The test involves making sure these people and ideas center on the fact that Jesus came "in the flesh." That just means that it's important to believe Jesus was a human being and not just some divine being who only looked like a human. Or an android. Jesus was definitely not an android… • • The author says that lots of false prophets and antichrists are peddling some old nonsense about Jesus (hint: the speaker is calling out the folks who have broken off from the community). These guys are "from the world," which means they care about ordinary non-godly things. And you'll remember from 1 John 2 that this is…bad. Very bad. • Now we're back to love again. • The speaker tells the audience that they should love each other because "God is love." If you have love in your heart then you're living how God wants you to. • The speaker says that God loved the world so very much that he sent Jesus. Jesus gave up his life so that people could have a sin-free relationship with God. • • And because God loves humans a ton, the author continues, we should love each other. Really, it's the least we can do. • No one has ever seen God face to face, but when we love each other, we show the world what he looks like. It's very poetic. • Simple recipe from the author: • Step 1: Believe that God sent Jesus to save the whole world. • • Step 2: Love your fellow Christians. • If you're filled with love, there's no reason to be afraid about the end of the world, says the speaker. Unless, of course, you read the Book of Revelation. • He finishes off the chapter by saying that if you go around saying that you love God but you're hating on other Christians, then you're just a liar.
Bruce Gold has never been to The Old City of Jerusalem, the Himalaya’s, Machu Picchu, or any other exotic location where miracles are thought to take place. He doesn’t dress in Tribal Robes and call himself any other name than the one he was given when he first arrived in this world. He was born and raised, and realized his gift of healing in his hometown, of Los Angeles, California. Bruce’s gift, as a Conduit for the Transference of Positive Healing Energies, came as a result of a conscious out-of-body Near Death Experience, which occurred while he was driving alone on a crowded Los Angeles Freeway in May of 2002. The thing he is most sure of today is that he was most definitely not alone during that fateful ride. Please take the time to watch Bruce's interview with the iconic Larry King. He was honored when Mr. King personally invited him to be a featured guest on his new show Larry King Now, which can be viewed online at Ora.tv. http://www.bgspiritualhealer.com/index.html
Hello, my name is Eric Perry and I grew up in one of the most haunted locations in New England. As a 6th grader at Cobbett Elementary School in Lynn, Massachusetts, I had my first encounter with the paranormal while on a field trip when I saw a shadow person at The House of Seven Gables. One of my earliest jobs was as a gravedigger/groundskeeper for Pine Grove Cemetery, also in Lynn. I had many encounters with spirits at the cemetery while working that job. In my 40's, I decided to officially get into the paranormal field. I started by working with a paranormal group from Maine and now I run three paranormal teams of my own. I am a three-time paranormal award winner and an international paranormal award winner for education in the paranormal field. I also received a humanitarian award in April. In 2012, I started filmmaking for my own paranormal show called, Haunted in New England, which can be seen on Amazon Videos. I am currently working on a couple of new book projects, including a fiction release to be completed later this year. I hope you enjoy "True Haunting in New England and Paranormal Questions of the Day Book One". In my free time, I enjoy spending time with my girlfriend Shelley and my son Logan. ericperryfearless@gmail.com
1st John Chapter 3. In the final letter, the elder writes to his pal Gaius to thank him for putting up some of the elder's friends as houseguests. Apparently, they're missionaries traveling in the area, and Gaius showed them the town. That's a lot better than this other dude, Diotrephes, who shut the door right in their faces—that guy is in big time trouble! This third one is a pretty short letter, and the elder promises to visit soon so he and Gaius can catch up on their favorite subject: Jesus Christ. And that's the last word we get from John the Elder in this chapter. Thanks shmoop.com and Savae for the music.
2 John In the second letter, the elder tells an "elect lady" to watch out for the naysayers in her midst. These guys might even try making their way to her church sometime soon, he says. (The horror!) He tells her not to even let them in the house because they're so wickedly evil and despicable. Antichrists, remember? He also throws in some stuff about love…
Erin Montgomery is at least a 4th generation UFO contactee. She began experiencing strange phenomena as early as 7 years old and has been able to retrieve some of those memories through hypnotic regression in order to help relieve some of the trauma that was created by those early encounters with alien beings. She continues to have UFO and paranormal experiences throughout her life and currently is not only working as a shaman to help heal people energetically, unhaunt houses, work with spirits and read people's cards, she is also learning how to do hypnotic regressions to help others who have suffered as she has. During the day she works as a clinical therapist in the not-so-surprising location of Roswell, New Mexico. In the evenings she can be found working with others on a spiritual level, writing new material, or working to engage more direct contact with beings not of this world!
Corrine De Winter De Winter is an author and Stoker Award Winner for her poetry collection “The Women at the Funeral.” Corrine De Winter has won numerous awards for her writing from the New York Quarterly, Triton College of Arts & Sciences, & The Rhysling Science Fiction Award. Her work has been applauded by such luminaries as William Peter Blatty (“The Excorcist” author) Tom Monteleone, Thomas Ligotti, Nick Cave, Stanley Wiater, Heather Graham, and others. William Packard, former editor of the New York Quarterly, was a mentor, publishing De Winter’s work early on and inviting her to write “The Present State of American Poetry,” a regular feature in the journal. At Packard’s invitation she read her poetry at the New School in NYC, and continued a rapport with Packard until his passing . Packard was a big supporter of Charles Bukowski and De Winter was published with him several times in his last years. Corrine De Winter (www.corrinedewinter.com) is an award winning author and a Certified Psychic Medium. (Kera Center, World Metaphysical Association) A Naturalist, Philanthropist, metaphysical seeker, artist and the founder of “Small World Fund For Children ,” Radio Host for SUPERNATURAL RADIO, on the Blogtalkradio.com website, De Winter lives between this world and the next.
U.S. military psychic spies, homicide cases, messages from the other side, spiritual healing—Marla Frees was given a gift few receive, and she uses those gifts from “Spirit” to help others. While shooting a TV commercial in Los Angeles, Marla Frees was given a message. The father of the actor sitting across from her wanted the actor to know he was happy about the new baby. But there was a twist—the father was deceased. The actor was shocked. Marla was God-smacked. Increasingly, messages from deceased loved ones and a powerful psychic awareness demanded her attention. Marla followed her heart, left acting, and never looked back. She now uses her gifts to help families from the heartland to Hollywood find healing. American Psychic tells the spiritual journey of a small-town girl who develops her psychic gifts and relationship with God on a synchronistic path that weaves through the trauma of her childhood, the drama of her acting career, and adventures in healing and transformation. Along the way, she’s explored her abilities with U.S. military “psychic spies,” assisted detectives on homicide cases, and delved into the science behind her abilities with physicist Thomas Campbell. Marla has learned to trust the voice of “Spirit,” which never fails her. Marla Frees’ story of spiritual transformation takes us into realms that will astonish, inspire—and heal. www.americanpsychicbook.com
From author Keith Evans, "I have a B.S. in Chemistry from the University of Central Florida. I am a retired Army Reservist and a retired Forensic Scientist. I use Scientific Methods during my Paranormal Investigations. I research the history of the owners, managers and key players of each Victorian House and Victorian Inn that I investigate. This research helps me place a name with any ghost or spirit who may wish to communicate. I used to just obtain verbal permission to conduct Paranormal Investigations, but my first four books were placed on hold due to not having written permission. I now require a Consent Agreement Form signed by each owner of the property, before I conduct any Paranormal Investigations. My books are documentary works of research concerning the unexplained activity, a documentation of small town family, and business history, and the individuals that stay behind after death to continue to look after their beloved Historical homes and businesses. I always work alone, usually during the day light hours and I use technological equipment to monitor and document any evidence that I find. I use the Ovilus IV and the Mel Meter. The Ovilus IV allows the spirits to use their energy to choose words from the Ovilus IV's database. The Mel Meter measures temperature and electrical fields. A cold spot may indicate the present of a spirit. A spike in the electrical fields may indicate the present of a spirit. I take pictures and videos of all Paranormal Investigations. Ghost's or Spirit's are people too. I always try to show respect to each Ghost and Spirit that I meet. I try to treat all Living Beings, Ghosts and Spirits with respect. To fear a Ghost or Spirit is just not to know a Ghost or Spirit. "The Hays House Ghosts are People too!
1 John In the first letter, the elder encourages the Christians in his community to stay together. See, there are some naysayers who've been spreading lies about Jesus, and the elder really wants to set things straight. First, Christians need to believe that Jesus was a for real a human being, not just some divine deity walking around on water everywhere. Second, Christians have to love each other. God is totally into love—it's his favorite things and he really wants all believers to just love their little hearts out. Love. Love. Love. (Got it?) This whole love thing doesn't apply to the naysayers, though (or any non-Christians, for that matter). No one is required to love those baddies or even pray for them. Probably because God isn't listening. The elder calls his opponents "antichrists" who are making God look bad.That can't be good. Harsh.
Pete Haviland is Lone Star Spirits’ Lead investigator, President, an Advanced Certified Clinical Hypnotherapist,and a licensed private investigator in the State of Texas. He works with Gaurdian He Search and Investigations 501c3 locating missing children and vets, and has had success with clients in haunting cases in removing fears, anxieties, and removing psychological triggers that have caused either possible poltergeist activity, or hypersensitivity, due to subconscious triggered events. Pete is a co-founding member of Paranormal Research Organization (PRO) with Loyd Auerbach, An investigator with the Office of Paranormal Investigations, American Ghost Society Representative for NW Texas, and owner of The Supernatural Radio Network (www.srnlive.com). Peter has over 35 years of field experience in the paranormal and is a founding member of Lone Star Spirits. Brian Clune is the co-founder and historian for Planet Paranormal Radio and Planet Paranormal Investigations. He has traveled the entire state of California researching its haunted hot spots and historical locations in an effort to bring knowledge of the paranormal and the wonderful history of the state to those interested in learning. His interest in history has led him to volunteer aboard the USS Iowa and at the Fort MacArthur Military Museum, as well as giving lectures at colleges and universities around the state. He has been involved with numerous TV shows, including Ghost Adventures, My Ghost Story, Dead Files, Ghost Hunters, and was the subject of a companion documentary for the movie, Paranormal Asylum. He has authored several books.
Lauren Lawrence is a writer for USA TODAY and made a recent appearence on Good Day New York. Ms. Lawrence was the dreams columnist of the New York Daily News for 10 years. Ms. Lawrence has starred in the TV show "Celebrity Nightmares Decoded" on the Biography channel. She's the former "Political Dreams" columnist of John F. Kennedy Jr.’s GEORGE magazine, and TRADER MONTHLY. She has authored several books including Private Dreams of Public People, A Dream Keys series of books published by Dell: Dream Keys for Love, Dream Keys, Unlocking the Power of Your Mind, Dream Keys for The Future and a book of poetry, Side Effects. She's appeared on numerous TV shows: Lauren was profiled on EXTRA, was interviewed by Bill O'Reilly on The Factor. She has appeared on Fox and Friends, Red Eye, on CBS's The Early Show, The Tyra Banks Show, E's Star Treatment, and on CNN's Money Line. She has also appeared on Dr. OZ. In the past she was a frequent guest on Joey Reynolds' WOR AM syndicated radio show. Formerly the dreams expert of Dreamlife.com. She's known for interpreting the dreams of celebrities from Paris Hilton to Luciano Pavarotti, Michael Douglas to Kate Moss, Kurt Vonnegut to Brooke Astor. "Between The Scenes" on The Movie Channel filmed Lauren in her home while Nicky Hilton dropped by to have her dream interpreted. Lauren Lawrence lives in New York City with her husband who is also an author.
Dallas Michael Reese is the 67 year old father of three that had an extraordinary experience while driving through Locust Grove, Georgia in a 1963 Dodge Polara. It was 1973 and he was driving down the highway when he and his family spotted a huge UFO with flashing flights hoover over a power station. This sighting began the first of many experiences for Mr. Reese. He will share this and many experiences that were to follow. He has a technical background in both military and civilian mechanical engineering and drafting. He obtained his degree and worked for a Fortune 500 company. He is currently semi-retired and following his interests as a home designer and installing solar panels for a local company. A man of many talents, Mr. Reese is a musician and the drummer in a band and enjoys the nature and wildlife where he now lives in North Carolina.
The End Is Extremely Nigh Peter reminds his readers that this is the second letter he's sent to them. (Oh, we remember, Peter.) He's writing again to let them know that Jesus is going to come back. For real. Yes, people are saying that he's a little bit behind. Yes, the disciples thought he would have been here already. What can we say? Jesus likes to be fashionably late? This is all part of the end of the world anyhow. Naysayers will pop up and start trash-talking the second coming. We thought he'd be here already. You keep telling us he's on his way, but everything's the same as it always was.Look, scoffers, says Peter, God destroyed the world once with water. Remember the flood? And Noah's ark? So, why wouldn't he take the whole place out again? This time he's going to do it with fire, though. Also, you're forgetting that God doesn't keep time like humans do. He'll get here, but it won't be by our clocks, says Peter. Besides, God might be waiting for more people to come around on this whole Jesus thing. After all, if he gives us some more time, more folks will be saved from those fires of destruction. See, that's just sensible. Trust me, he says. The end of the world will come when we all least expect it. Everything's going crumble and die, and only the faithful will be left standing. That means keep the faith, guys. Stay strong, be good, and fight the good fight, and you totally won't be scorched alive as God burns the Earth to rubble, okay? Paul also mentioned this stuff in his letters. Of course, some folks don't know how to properly interpret a letter, so they're claiming that Paul's writing supports them. Nope. Paul's on Peter's side all the way…says Peter. Right, so stay on the good path. Don't stumble and fall as you're walking along. Love Jesus and everything's gonna come up roses. Peter out. Peace.
Jeff Mudgett, a lawyer and former Commander in the U.S. Naval Reserve, claims that his great-great-grandfather, H.H. Holmes was, in fact, Jack the Ripper. Mudgett bases his assertions on the writings in two diaries he inherited from Holmes which detail Holmes’s participation in the murder and mutilation of numerous prostitutes in London. Mudgett also states that the man that died in the public hanging that took place on May 7, 1896 was not Holmes, but rather a man that Holmes tricked into going to the gallows in his place. These shocking twists to the well-known murderous stories of Holmes and Jack the Ripper are detailed in Mudgett’s book, Bloodstains and can be seen in the HISTORY’s eight-part series, American Ripper. https://www.amazon.com/Jeff-Mudgett/e/B004UCDJMU?ref=sr_ntt_srch_lnk_1&qid=1589099669&sr=8-1
Chapter 2 FALSE PROPHETS (2 Peter 2:1) 2:1 There were times when false prophets arose among the people, even as amongst you too there will be false teachers, men who will insidiously introduce destructive heresies and deny the Lord who bought them; and by so doing they will bring swift destruction on themselves. That there should arise false prophets within the Church was something only to be expected, for in every generation false prophets had been responsible for leading God's people astray and for bringing disaster on the nation. It is worth while looking at the false prophets in the Old Testament story for their characteristics were recurring in the time of Peter and are still recurring today. (i) The false prophets were more interested in gaining popularity than in telling the truth. Their policy was to tell people what they wanted to hear. The false prophets said, "Peace, peace, when there is no peace" (Jeremiah 6:14). They saw visions of peace, when the Lord God was saying that there was no peace (Ezekiel 13:16). In the days of Jehosaphat, Zedekiah, the false prophet, donned his horns of iron and said that Israel would push the Syrians out of the way as he pushed with these horns; Micaiah the true prophet foretold disaster if Jehosaphat went to war. Of course, Zedekiah was popular and his message was accepted; but Jehosaphat went forth to war with the Syrians and perished tragically (1 Kings 22:1-53 ). In the days of Jeremiah, Hananiah prophesied the swift end of the power of Babylon, while Jeremiah prophesied the servitude of the nation to her; and again the prophet who told people what they wished to hear was the popular one (Jeremiah 28:1-17 ). Diogenes, the great cynic philosopher, spoke of the false teachers of his day whose method was to follow wherever the applause of the crowd led. One of the first characteristics of the false prophet is that he tells men what they want to hear and not the truth they need to hear.
Jacqueline Thomas~ As a member of CERO: Close Encounters Resource Organization, Jacqueline considers herself an experiencer of many types of phenomena. Since the field of close encounters is closely related to all things paranormal, Jacqueline became not only a researcher in Ufology and the occult, but also in the study of discarnate entities also knows as demonology. As a student of Dr. Von Sloten, she is trained in Spirit Releasement, releasing Discarnate Entities or earthbound spirits. With a degree in Business, Jacqueline has excelled in both the corporate and non-profit sectors as well as the entertainment industry. At an early age she showed advancement in both mathematics and writing and was recognized on various levels by her educators, schools and district. Always having had a thirst of knowledge and experience she has been mentored by Native American elders, monks, gurus, astrologers, and ufologists. PAs a part of all the phenomena, like many around her especially in CERO, she has had many premonitions and dreams including ones related to our current pandemic.
Michael Sellers graduated Magna Cum Laude from the University of Delaware, where he was a Rhodes Scholarship and Danforth Fellowship finalist. He went on to New York University Graduate Film School and Hollywood, where he his film career was interrupted by an opportunity to serve undercover as an operations officer for the Central Intelligence Agency. He spent the next 10 years with CIA in Eastern Europe, Africa, Moscow, and the Philippines, where he was awarded the Intelligence Commendation Medal for his service during a violent coup attempt against the government of Corazon Aquino in December 1989. In 1990 he resumed his creative career, and from 1990 to 2003 he produced a dozen independent feature film. From 2003 to 2010 he directed four feature films including the award winning Vlad (2003) and Eye of the Dolphin (2007). His films have been selected for more than 100 film festivals and have won multiple awards. (For selected trailers and a complete filmography click here.) Since 2011 Sellers has turned his attention to non-fiction books, including the best selling John Carter and the Gods of Hollywood, and upcoming Year of the Spy. He is currently working on a documentary film on the life of Edgar Rice Burroughs, and is writing and developing non-fiction books and documentary films. Sellers is an associate at John Brown and Associates, a criminal defense investigation and mitigation firm in Los Angeles. He is married to Lorena Llevado Sellers and has four grown children, Patrick, Pilar, Kaitlyn, and Michelle, and two grandchildren, Mason and Quinn.
2 Peter Peter again with a couple more reminders for Christians before he bites the dust. Watch out for false teachers. These are folks who claim to follow Jesus but spread all kinds of lies about him instead. Mainly, they've been saying that the world isn't gonna end so it doesn't really matter how we act. Well, that is just nonsense, says Peter. God may be a little slow getting this plan off the ground, but that's only because he doesn't wear a watch. Jesus will come again and judge all the baddies. So keep your eyes peeled for anyone descending from Heaven on a cloud of glory. God bless you and keep you always.
Hi, everyone! Tonight is anything goes, getting through this pandemiic together but from a distance! You are welcome to call in with any questions, have a card read, discuss your mother in-law, or just check in to see what condition your condition is in. We also want to hear about anything you have accomplished during this crisis, or not! Let us spread the love! Everyone is invited, including your dog and cat. Do you have a real paranormal experience? Call in and tell us! You are at home, right? I just may call you! Our number is 657-383-0384.
This time, we hear from Peter, Jesus' right-hand man in the gospels. Yep, that Peter. He pretty much agrees with James on a bunch of things. These guys must have been tight. Here are his thoughts: Suffering can be good. It's all part of God's plan, so no worries. Whatever you do, don't start sinning just because times get tough. God will not be amused.Christians should act like the newborn little babies they are (metaphorically speaking, of course). They need spiritual milk to feed them…and clean diapers. They also need to keep their behavior in line. That means listening to authority figures (anarchy is out). Slaves should obey their masters (um, what?). And wives? Well, you know your husband is in charge, right gals? It's important for everyone to stay in line because Jesus will be coming back to judge everyone very shortly. For real this time.
About Paul Vecchiet Paul was born in Trieste, Italy and came to the United States with his parents at the age of three. He's lived most of my life in Chicago suburbs. He graduated from the University of Illinois with a degree in architecture design. Soon after, he joined the Air Force to be a Civil Engineering officer where he had an experience that caused him to be cynical of conventional wisdom. After thirteen years, he left and practiced architecture in Illinois. He is currently employed by the United States Army Corps of Engineers. Paul lives with my wife, Janice, and our two rescue dogs, Mowgli and Leila in rural West Virginia, where we could see a canopy of stars at night. The website is www.thedisclosureparadox.com
A Little Suffering Never Hurt Anyone. Here's what Peter thinks: Jesus suffered and died, and that means that you've got to be ready to suffer a little, too. You've already lived your life as Godless pagans, he tells them. Now it's time to start living for Christ alone. Warning: it'll totally mess up your crazy weekend plans. Those Gentiles out there don't have moral or sexual restraint. They're huge drunks who worship a bunch of silly idols, and they think you're becoming a bit of a buzzkill since your conversion. But you've already given your lives over to God. You know what's right—and it's not drunken orgies. Our time is short, he says. This world is coming to an end. That means you've got to keep on the straight and narrow path. Be serious and disciplined. Pray. Love each other. Don't complain. Help everyone. He continues: We all have different gifts. We should use them to make the world a better place. Well, at least until Jesus comes back and ends life as we know it. More warnings: don't be surprised if things start getting a little hot around here. Not everyone likes Christians, and occasionally someone will get arrested or hauled into court or maybe even put to death. It's all part of God's plan. If you've got to suffer—be happy about it. Remember how Jesus suffered? Well, you're getting a share in that, says Peter. If some Roman official hates on your because you love Jesus, that's great news. But if you get hauled into court because you've murdered someone or stole something or even just stirred up trouble in town? Well, that's bad news. Those who suffer as Christians will be blessed by God, says the P-man. In any case, it's better just to keep the faith and get your reward at the end of the game. After all, if this is what believers are gonna go through, just think what God has in store for anyone who rejects him.
Chad & Alta, authors of Orbducted in The French Quarter, met and married in the early nineties in the city of Little Rock Arkansas. The marriage was one of destiny and as Alta would say, arranged. What they did not know is that from that moment on the couple would partake in a journey into the world of unknown and High Strangeness. From aliens to ghosts, to a shape shifter, from meeting people who have been seen, and some unseen, this is a story for the open minded. In 1995 Chad & Alta experienced their first UFO, a massive sight in Hammond, Louisiana. This experience opened their eyes and led them to the well-known French Quarter in New Orleans where the high strangeness continued. As they tried to take day by day to understand their place and purpose of these unusual events, they met a young lady, a co-worker named Christen. Little did Christen know this would be the most unusual bond of her life. In 1997, a night that would live with them to their last breath, Chad, Alta and Christine were taken from a street corner in the French Quarter. In 1999, Chad and Alta moved to New Mexico where Chad went face to face with a black eyed adult and other anomalous happenings. The couple moved to Denver, Colorado for their jobs, and found themselves in the middle of the infamous Columbine High School massacre which occurred on April 20, 1999. Their stay continues to bring High Strangeness into their lives. The strange encounters continued, or should we say followed them, as they discovered a sasquatch creature, ghosts, red orbs, lizard monkeys and so much more. Chad and Alta encountered their second UFO while driving across Mississippi in 2012 and discovered that one of their family members has had a similar experience. The story gets more and more strange. How does this all play together? Well, they can’t be sure, but what they do know is that it has happened. Sit back and listen and Chad and Alta will tell you. Unbound323@aol.com
Brendan Shay
Brendan has been actively investigating the Paranormal for the last ten years. Since childhood he has experienced things he could not explain and this led to a fascination of the super natural at a very young age. In 2006 he formed a paranormal team before being asked to join the Central Ohio Ghost Squad (C.O.G.S). There he became Tech manager and Host to the team’s radio show which broadcasted for two years. He then helped form The United Paranormal Project before leaving in 2010 to tour with his band. He later joined a well-known team called Crossover Paranormal. He later rejoined his old team UPP where he recently left in 2016. Brendan has visited and investigated many famously and renowned Haunted locations including Waverly Hills Sanatorium, Bobby Mackey's Music world and Most recently Pennhurst asylum. Brendan has investigated dozens of private residence cases, in an attempt to disprove first claims paranormal activity. Brendan, along with his wife and two girls currently reside in Cincinnati, OHIO. You can listen to Brandon on Dark of the Nit on Spreaker.com
Lauren Lawrence, is the Sunday dreams columnist of the New York Daily News, and author of several books,has a new book out Side Effects. Publised by Shakespeare & Co. and available on Amazon. Side Effects is a poetry book, a compilation of inspired moments that have triggered philosophical insights. "The poems were initially daydreams' stream of consciousness, the free associations that draw from the unconscious strivings, the creative center of the psyche". This book joins Lauren's other books that include Private Dreams of Public People with very interesting stories about Victoria Principal's dream visitation from Andy Gibb, Kareem Abdul-Jabbar's terrifying nightmare, and dozens more. What dreams reveal about Bill Clinton, John F. Kennedy, Jr., Elvis Presley. Lauren Lawrence has starred in the TV show "Celebrity Nightmares Decoded" on the Biography channel. She was on an episode of Season 7 Real Housewives of New York in the fall. She's the former "Political Dreams" columnist of GEORGE magazine, the author of PRIVATE DREAMS OF PUBLIC PEOPLE, and the three "Dream Keys" series of books published by Dell: DREAM KEYS; DREAM KEYS FOR LOVE; DREAM KEYS FOR THE FUTURE. She's appeared on numerous TV shows: Lauren was profiled on EXTRA, was interviewed by Bill O'Reilly on The Factor. She has appeared on Fox and Friends, Red Eye, on CBS's The Early Show, The Tyra Banks Show, E's Star Treatment, CNN's Money Line and was recently on Dr. OZ. She was a frequent guest on Joey Reynolds' WOR AM syndicated radio show. Paris Hilton to Luciano Pavarotti, Michael Douglas to Kate Moss, Kurt Vonnegut to Brooke Astor. "Between The Scenes" on The Movie Channel filmed Lauren in her home while Nicky Hilton dropped by to have her dream interpreted."
1 St. Peter Chapter 3-Wifely Duties...Say what?
More Peter, more not-21st-century-friendly advice: ladies, obey your husbands. Even if your man is an unbelieving jerkwad, just keep being sweet as pie. Hey, maybe one day you'll win him over with your feminine charms and Christian piety. Maybe. Also, girls, don't spend too much time on your image. Just say no to braiding your hair, wearing gold, or putting on fancy clothes. It's overkill. Instead of worrying about what you look like on the outside, show off your beautiful inside. Okay, so we've heard about wives. How about the gents? Well, Peter thinks that husbands should be considerate to their wives, too. Sure, the ladies are the "weaker sex," but they're also God's children who will reap all the same rewards as men. We guess there's no misogyny in Heaven. Be Excellent to Each Other! And some advice for everyone: just love one another. If someone does something bad to you, don't try to get even by seeking revenge. Bless them instead. It's the only way you're gonna inherit that kingdom of Heaven everyone keeps talking about. Just say no to evil. And even if someone does attack you while you're doing the right thing. Jesus suffered and died so that everyone could be saved. Even those naysayers. Remember when Noah built that ark and God saved only eight people after cleansing the world with water? Now he wants to save everyone through water—the water of baptism, to be exact. By being baptized, believers ask God to help them do what's right. All this is possible because of Jesus. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
JACKIE BARRETT~PSYCHIC MEDIUM AND SPIRITUALIST
For more than 30 years, Jackie Barrett has been a psychic medium. Recently, she added reality TV show favorite and #1 best-selling author to her list of credentials. Jackie's amazing ability to communicate with the dead and guide the living has propelled her into the spotlight and earned her the title as the guardian angel of New Orleans. Jackie's efforts with the Red Cross and the Jackie Barrett Foundation have raised millions of dollars, and her compassion has earned her a great deal of respect, enabling her to help thousands of people from diverse backgrounds. She is currently the star of her own TV show Medium P.I. where she and Sean Crowley Captain of cold case homicide of NYPD help to solve cold cases on A&E channel. Bonded by several DA's across the country, she has worked with America's Most Wanted, and donates her time to assisting the police in solving cold case files across the country. Jackie’s unique ability is dated back to over 400 years of psychic medium’s and occult specialists in her family. Hollywood producers often call upon Jackie for her insight to provide guidance on special projects. She is also a consultant to paranormal groups and their events and is a well-known TV personality. Jackie is also the consultant to many major motion pictures as well as scripted writer of many t.v. shows . Her book Haunting Of The Gemini a first person account of Jackie Barrett’s connection to New York Zodiac killer Eddie Seda and one of his victims, published by Berkley world rights. For more information, please contact: Joanne Agnelli (917) 362-4596 jwj1313@aol.com
Jeff Woolwine is a resident of Phoenix, Arizona, living near South Mountain. Since the spring of 2004, Jeff has experienced many UFO sightings and has video taped most of his experiences. He is a man on a mission, having moved to Phoenix several years ago from New York City with the intent of trying to solve the ongoing mystery of the Phoenix Lights. In this interview will cover Jeff's background, his research efforts, his experiences with the media in Phoenix, his recent sightings, and what Jeff thinks is behind these repeated appearances of UFOs in the Phoenix area. From Jeff," I have been watching the Phoenix Lights since June 2004. I have determined that not only are the lights here, but that they appear to be tracked by the government. I have done several TV News interviews with Phoenix TV stations talking about flares and the lights. I have also found evidence that people living in this are 1500 years ago saw the lights as well. There are drawings all over Phoenix's South Mountain that show the lights and the geo-magnetic lines that are associated with fault lines, which may be used by the UFOs to absorb energy to power themselves - sort of like a gas station for UFOs. I have studied UFOs for years. I am out to prove that they are here and have never left us. Thousands of years ago, people left hieroglyphics and petroglyphs and documents such as the Dead Sea Scrolls and parts of the Bible showing evidence of UFOs and ETs. It seems like every time UFOs show up, something happens to the Earth. In my opinion, things are going to change our way of life very soon, and that is why the UFOs are here more than ever - to watch before and after". Jeff continues to capture videos of UFOs near South Mountain and is investigating the apparent connection between the UFOs he sees and the ancient petroglyphs that cover the rocks on South Mountain. Contact Jeff at petroglyphsinthesky@yahoo.com
1 Peter 2 Summary
Let's Get Stoned Peter has plenty more to say: if you're on God's team, act like it. Don't be hateful or bitter or insecure or envious or a liar.Act the newborn Christian you are. Drink nothing but spiritual milk and you'll grow up big and strong and holy.Or be like a stone.Again, stay with us here.There are some stones that folks didn't think were good enough for building houses. Jesus was one of those. Believers are the others.But these rejected stones will be used to build up a spiritual house, says PeterAgain, Peter quotes Isaiah's thoughts on stones. He tells us that the stone that everyone hated will become the cornerstone—the most important piece in the whole building. Take that, inept builders.That same stone will trip up those haters and make them fall. Fall into sin, that is. They've turned their backs on God and they'll get their comeuppance one day.But believers are super special. They're God's new people. And he's gonna be merciful with them. Other folks? Not so much. Be Good Okay, so if you're a believer in Jesus, how should you be acting?Well, first of all, don't sin. Also, you should try to behave yourself when you're dealing with non-believers. They may think Christians are a little wacky, but if everyone keeps their behavior on the up and up, it could change their mind. Hey, it's worth a shot.Also, don't go around challenging authority figures on purpose. Be respectful to the emperor and his governors. Peter doesn't want anyone thinking Christians are anti-social anarchists. Honor everyone you meet.
Louise Beaubrun-Macaluso is a psychologist who is passionate about life. Her near-death experience and the ensuing struggles after her burn injury taught her to appreciate being alive and not take it for granted. One of her primary goals is to pay it forward by reaching out to those who are facing life challenges, which can sometimes seem to be overwhelmingly hopeless. She enjoys spending quality time with family and friends, as well as simple pleasures like cuddling up with a good book, movies, and good food. Beaubrun-Macaluso currently lives in New Jersey. From the author. "This book is an account of the power of believing in a higher power in the most horrific moments and experiencing tangible results. At the age of nineteen, my world came crashing down after a fatal house fire, which tested me in every way imaginable. The heart-wrenching details of the aftermath is narrated in my story of hardships, survival and divinely orchestrated redemption. I went from being a healthy nineteen-year-old to becoming physically disabled with severe burns. The sufferings (physical and emotional) were monumental. Had anyone told me I would experience what I went through, I would have brushed it off. Not because I felt invincible, but rather I did not imagine I could endure what I have endured. It was an arduous learning experience, which has shaped who I am today. I learned a secret that enabled me to beat the odds and succeed, in spite of the enormous adversities I encountered. I wrote this book to share what I've learned with those who might be going through some rough patches in life". http://brokentobeblessed.com/
1 Peter Chapter 1 Summary
This letter's from Peter. He's an apostle of Jesus Christ, and he's ready to party.Peter wrote this to people dispersion & aliens. There's probably a mix of Jewish-Christians and Gentile-Christians in those parts. In any case, it's a pretty diverse group.Now, what does Peter have to tell us?Well, for starters, everything is awesome! God gave the world Jesus and anyone who believes in him is gonna get some sweet rewards. That's the good news.The bad news is that some people are gonna have to suffer for their faith. Yeah, it's a bummer, but some good things can come of it.Namely, those who stay strong will show how amazing Jesus is and how much they love him. They're proving it every day.So, actually, this is good news. According to Peter, Jewish scriptures talk about the coming of Jesus, what he would do, and how he would save the people. Now Christians are reaping the benefits. Even angels don't get these sweet perks.That means it's time to get ready. Gird your loins, gents. Don't fall back and start living like you did before you found out about Jesus. Keep the faith and good things will happen, says Peter.God judges everyone by what they do. So don't get sloppy now.You escaped from the crazy, pagan worship of your ancestors. You figured out that idols made of silver and gold could never save you—only the blood of Jesus could.Now that you know the truth, he says, your souls are good to go. So, love your fellow believers. You're all like newborn babies who get a new chance at living life with God as your dad.Peter quotes the prophet Isaiah and compares people to grass and flowers. Stay with us. Grass and flowers grow, but eventually, all plants wither and die. Just like human beings.
James 5 Summary ~ Mo' Money, Mo' Problems
Listen up, rich folks: God is not amused with you. Major bad times are coming your way. All your wealth will rot. Your fancy designer clothes are gonna be eaten by moths. Your gold and silver coins are gonna rust. Then the rust is gonna eat away at your skin like fire. Yeah. It's gonna be pretty miserable. It's bad enough that you hoarded money, says James, but you didn't even come by your cash honestly. The folks you've cheated out of their hard-earned dollars have appealed to God and he's heard them. You lived in the lap of luxury during your time on Earth, but all that will be over soon. But believers (who we're assuming aren't rich) should just be patient. Jesus will be coming back anytime now. Wait for him like a farmer waits for his crops to grow, says James. You know they're coming. It's just a matter of finding the right time. Stay strong and don't start complaining about everyone else. Otherwise you're gonna be judged. Big time. If you're looking for examples of folks who have done it right, look no further than the prophets of the Hebrew Bible. Especially Job. These guys faced tough times, but they kept on keeping on. Also, when you say something, really commit to it. Seriously, no means no and yes means yes. God will totally forgive you if you take responsibility when you come up short. Everyone should also pray for each other. Prayer can be pretty powerful. Elijah prayed that it wouldn't rain, and not a single drop fell for three years and six months. And if any believer stops believing, the rest of the community can try to win him back. After all, scooping up lost sheep is one of God's favorite pastimes. On that note—bye-bye! See you on the flip side! Thanks to www.shmoop.co
James 4 Summary Why do people love to fight so much?Well, sometimes a person wants something they don't have. So they get all freaked out and angry about it and start going to war with other folks. That's one way to get what you want.But the real reason those people don't have the stuff they want is that they don't ask God. Or they ask, but they're super selfish about it, so God doesn't hand it over. He's not gonna help you win the lottery if you're just gonna use the money to buy a garage full of sports cars.Seriously, says James, don't you know that if all in love with the things in this world, then you've made yourself into God's enemy?God likes it when folks are humble, not when they act like entitled jerks. If you snuggle up with him, he'll snuggle up with you, too.Don't be "double-minded" (thinking one thing and doing another). Walk the straight and narrow with God and everything will be a-okay.More rules: don't badmouth another believer. If you're saying nasty things, you're judging. Remember, only God can judge you. Forget the haters. Because somebody loves you.And don't make too many plans for the future. It's kind of arrogant.Maybe you plan on graduating from college in four years and making mega bucks in the recording industry. Well, you don't know what's gonna happen between now and then. Only God knows that, says James.The world doesn't revolve around you and your dreams. You're like a mist that floats into the world and then disappears a few seconds later. (Has your self-esteem plummeted yet?)James would rather you say Maybe I'll get my degree and then start dropping albums left and right. If that's what God wants. At least then you're showing respect to the Big Guy.
James 3 Summary
Those Who Can't Do, Teach Not everyone is cut out to be a teacher like James. Oh, really?Teachers have to watch what they do and say at all times because people are just waiting for them to screw up. Well, it's sort of true.But teachers also make mistakes. Tons of them. Sometimes it's hard to keep control of your tongue.A person's tongue is the rudder on a ship. It's a little tiny piece tucked away under the boat, but it can steer the whole vessel through uncharted waters. The tongue is pretty small, too, but it can take you to some amazing places.It's sort of like how a whole forest can go up in flames just from a few matches. Our tongues are like tiny fires ready to set the world ablaze. Stand back!But an unruly tongue can produce good words and bad words.We say all kinds of good things about God with our mouths. But then we talk bad about his creations—other people—in the same breath. How rude!Folks really shouldn't be doing this, says James.It makes as much sense as having a faucet that pours out pure, sparkling water on one day and then raw sewage on another. Gross.If you're smart, then you'll be humble and kind.But if you've got the wrong kind of wisdom (the devilish kind), then you'll be a bitter, envious, selfish, clawing, liar. Yikes.The bad kind of wisdom can wreck the world. The good kind can bring peace and sunshine and rainbows to everyone. Thanks to shmoop.com
Sorry, One-Percenters Being a faithful person means that you don't favor rich people over poor people.When fancy folks wearing expensive clothes stroll into church, everyone falls all over themselves to get these hoity toity guys a seat.But when someone without a lot of cash in his pockets walks in, he's told to stand or sit on the ground. It's not very polite.If that's how you treat the poor—whom God specifically said were going to be part of his kingdom—then you are really not getting it, says James.Why should Christians love these rich guys so much anyway? Wealthy folks are the ones who have you arrested for following Jesus. They drag you into court and basically mock God. What's so awesome about them, again? Faith vs. Works: The Ultimate Showdown If you're merciful to others, God will repay the favor. But if you spend most of your free time judging people based on their appearances, then God is gonna judge the heck out of you, too.Seriously, you can't say you follow God and then act like a jerk.Having faith alone can't save you. You also need to do good works to complete the picture.James continues: it won't help anyone for you to just smile at poor people and wish them well. Where are they supposed to live? How are they going to eat? If you don't help those who need it, all your pious faith and feel-good beliefs are dead in the water.Of course, some knuckleheads think that you can separate out faith and works.These folks say, Hey, I have faith in God. You do the good works. Then everyone will be covered.If your spirit leaves your body, you're dead. And if you just think nice things about God but never do anything, then you're dead, too. 'Nuff said. Thanks to shmoop.com
Hi, My Name Is…James What up? James here. Servant of God. Follower of Jesus. All-around good guy.James says that he's writing to "the twelve tribes in the Dispersion." In other words: Jewish-Christians who don't live in the Jewish homeland in Palestine.And what does he have to say? We're glad you asked.For starters—don't fret about tough times. Sure, going through trials and tribulations is no fun, but some good can come of it. Do tell.Well, it can be a good test of your faith. Oh, and it can help you learn to be strong and persevere. So there's that.But whatever you do, says James, don't doubt him. God doesn't like it when you're saying one thing and thinking another. Doubting Thomases (or Dicks or Harrys) get nothing as far as he's concerned.Are you poor? No problem! Anyone who follows Jesus and finds themselves short of cash is gonna get a major reward very soon.Rich guys? They're gonna wither and die like a plant in the scorching sun. It's not pretty.If you want to do something, but know you shouldn't, keep holding out. That really makes God happy.See, James doesn't think that God actually tempts people. You want to eat that extra donut because you think it's delicious. Not because God made it delicious.When you give into your desires, that leads to sin. And sin? Well, that leads to death.Everything good that we do and everything awesome in the world comes straight from God, says James.God created the world then showed it the truth—the truth about Jesus, that is. And believers are the "first fruits" out of everyone in the whole world. They're kind of like hipsters—they were into Jesus before he went mainstream. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Hebrews Chapter 13 Summary ~So Long, Farewell The author has some practical advice.Love each other. Be nice to strangers. Don't forget about folks who are in prison or being tortured. Marriage is a good thing, so don't fornicate in your free time. And watch out that you don't get greedy. More money, more problems, right?Christians should also listen to the folks in charge. That means that they don't need to be branching off and following all kinds of "strange teachings."They also shouldn't worry their pretty little heads about which foods they should and shouldn't be eating. (Under Jewish law, certain foods are forbidden…but this author clearly digs a B.L.T. every now and then.) Remember, says Mr. Hebrews, anyone who believes in Jesus has access to the best banquet there is anyway.Back in the old days, the high priest would burn animal sacrifices outside of camp. That's just like Jesus. He was crucified outside of the city of Jerusalem, and he saved the people, too.Christians should do just as he did. They need to take a stroll outside of camp and come to where Jesus is. Right now, Christians may be homeless, but soon they'll score the keys to a new place in a pretty exclusive city.The author also asks for the folks who are reading this to pray for him.And he's got some prayers in return. Hopefully God will make them all perfect and help them to do what's right and good in this crazy world.He also wants them to pass on the good things they've heard in this book. And he mentions that Timothy will probably be out of prison soon. Way to make parole, Timmy.Oh, and everyone in Italy says "hi!" too.And that's that.
Hebrews Chapter 12
Don't Stop Believing Christians have tons of examples of faith, which means they shouldn't worry about little stuff like being persecuted or killed.They just need to look to Jesus and keep on running the race. After all, that's what he did. He died on a cross (which was no picnic) and his followers should be ready to follow in his footsteps if need be.Or just turn lemons into lemonade. You know, look at this persecution as a learning opportunity. Maybe this is God teaching you how to be a better person?See, says the author, God is like a dad, which means Christians are his children. Human parents have to lay down the law for their kids every now and then. Even though their rules and punishments seem harsh, parental units just do it because they love you.It's the same with God. Maybe by going through all this suffering, Christians will come out more faithful in the end.If God didn't care, he'd just let people do whatever they want to. But he does care, so he has to set limits.So, keep your head up, the author continues. Don't be like Esau (from back in Genesis), who turned his back on God just to get a decent meal.Basically, you need to play the long game—don't give up on God just because you get something good in the short term. If you play your cards right, the rewards will be awesome.See, this isn't like way back in Exodus when Moses went up to Mount Sinai and everyone was freaked out. The people weren't even supposed to touch the mountain and even Moses was pretty terrified to go up there.Back in those days, he says, God's voice would shake the ground when he spoke. But soon, the world and everything in it will be gone. There will just be Christians, and they'll be chilling out in a heavenly city that's totally earthquake proof.
Hebrews Chapter 11, Welcome to Sacred Sunday!
Keeping the Faith Okay, so you gotta have faith. But what is faith? We're glad you asked.In probably one of the most famous verses in this book, the author tells us, "Faith is the assurance of things hoped for, the conviction of things not seen." Huh?Basically, it just means that, if we have faith, then we know for sure that everything we're hoping for and dreaming of will eventually come true. Even though we can't see the path ahead of us, faith tells us the road will be a smooth one.In other words: if you believe it, you will achieve it.All the stars of the Hebrew Bible had faith, the author tells us. The author name-drops a ton of them to prove his point: Abel, Enoch, Noah, Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Joseph, Moses, Rahab, Gideon, Barak, Samson, Jephthah, David, Samuel, the prophets, and martyrs. Basically a who's-who of the faithful.Just one thing: these folks all died before God gave the world Jesus.But Jesus' saving death applies to them, too. Even though they didn't know about it, they still lived their lives the way God wanted them to.That means they're all square with the big guy.
Tonight's guest author Edwin F. Becker
Edwin F. Becker, had the distinction of owning a haunted building in Chicago that became the subject of the first televised paranormal event in 1970 by NBC. Long before The Exorcist, or Amityville, there was "True Haunting!" He never sought recognition until his daughter published his recollection in 2011. The book, True Haunting became an instant best seller holding #1 on Amazon U.S., for a year in parapsychology, and for 6 months in the United Kingdom, breaking his publisher's e-book record and topping the sales of their 96,000 book catalog. It holds the most 5-star reviews of any ghost story in Kindle history. He appeared on SYFY's, Paranormal Witness in the season two record breaking finale, 'The Tenants." Though he does not do book signings or public appearances, Edwin has done radio for CBS, FOX, WGN and NBC plus a multitude of internet programs as a guest and co-host. He has two daughters and four granddaughters and continues to write most recently releasing True Haunting 2, which zoomed to parapsychology popularity immediately. His main complaint about the paranormal is that not much more is known than was known in 1970. At 70 years old, he now lives in Missouri, the "Show Me" state which seems appropriate. He offers his experiences and opinions on his webisodes which are intended to be educational and can be found on his website and YouTube. Visit at him at EdwinBecker.com
The Holy Place~Jesus is The New Covenant
In case you're not familiar with exactly what went on in the tabernacle under the old covenant, the author breaks it down for you. Back in Exodus, God gave Moses the instructions to make a tent. Inside the tent there was a lampstand (or menorah), a table, and some bread. The author calls this "the Holy Place." There was also a curtain or veil that separated out another section of the tent: the Holy of Holies. This was the V.I.P. section that held the Ark of the Covenant. The only person who could ever enter this area was the high priest, and he could only peek in once a year on Yom Kipper. Once inside, he would sprinkle the blood on the Ark of the Covenant. The idea was that this ritual would help the priest and the people atone for their sins and get right with God again. Needless to say, the author is pretty critical of all this. When Jesus sacrificed himself, he didn't just purify people's bodies; he also worked his magic on our minds, spirit, and conscience. Now, believers are freed from performing "dead works" and they can put their faith in a God who's alive. Think of it this way, says Hebrews: Christians are God's kids and they're entitled to inherit all the good things he has. But generally, you can't claim an inheritance until someone dies. So it's kind of like God wrote a will for humanity and then, when Jesus died, we got to cash in. Bottom line: someone has to die. The author is pretty sure that you need a little blood spilled to start up a new covenant. When he died, Jesus waltzed right into Heaven and put in a good word for all of humanity with the Big Guy. People only get to set foot on this Earth once, but Jesus will come back. Last time, he sacrificed himself for our sins. The next time he makes an appearance, says the author, he'll save all the people who had faith in him.
Jesus = 1, Sin and Evil = 0
The author says that Jewish law could never do all this good stuff. The law is kind of like imitation crab meat, while Jesus is the real deal crustacean. If the law worked, priests wouldn't need to offer the same sacrifices day after day and year after year. People would have been free of sin and lived holy lives. But the system was broken, and Jesus had to fix it. Jesus knew that God didn't want a whole bunch of animal sacrifices and burnt offerings lying around every day. And he was up for doing God's will because he knew that his death would make things right. Out with the old and in with the new. Seriously, says the author, the Jewish priests have been trying to take away sins for centuries. Day in and day out. But Jesus goes and dies once—once!—and problem solved. He said that he would make a new deal and people wouldn't have to worry about the law anymore. Everyone gets forgiveness! Pretty sweet deal. Okay, so that means that it's all good in the Christian hood. Because of Jesus, Christians totally have an in with God. So Christians shouldn't spend a whole bunch of time doubting and worrying whether or not God will do the things he promised. Christians should also be super nice and loving to each other, too. They have to keep each other's spirits up until Jesus makes his encore appearance. After all, believers know the truth about God now, so it would be silly for them to turn their backs on him now and start living in wretched hives of scum and villainy. God is sort of…judgmental when it comes to stuff like this. He was pretty hardcore about punishing sinners back in the days of Moses, so you can bet he'll be pretty ticked by anyone who turns their back on his son. So, says the author, just hold on a little longer. Things may be tough, but if you keep on keeping on you'll get that big ol' medal at the end of the race.
Hebrews Chapter 8 Summary
Out with the Old What's the point of all this high priest talk? Well, just that Christians have the best high priest possible. One who's "seated at the right hand of the throne of Majesty in the heavens." NBD.See, the Jewish high priests in the old days worked in the tabernacle (the tent that God instructed the Israelites to assemble in the desert after the exodus from Egypt). They had to offer gifts like rams and goats to atone for their sins and follow Jewish law while doing it.But Jesus works in the "true tent." That's not a place set up by people, but by God himself. We guessing it's pretty snazzy.He's in charge of a better covenant with way better promises, says the author. If God's first stab at a covenant with his people had worked, there wouldn't be any need for Jesus. But it didn't, so it's on to Plan B.The author quotes the prophet Jeremiah and explains that God himself told the people that one day he would make a new covenant with them.This new deal wouldn't be like the old one. God planned to write his law on their hearts, not on parchment. People wouldn't have to tell each other about God—they'd just know him.Needless to say, the author pretty much thinks that this is what God has done with Jesus. The old covenant is out and the new one is in.Check, please. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Hebrews Chapter 7 Summary
Melchize-who? Again, the author goes back to the idea of Jesus as a Jewish high priest; specifically, "a priest forever according to the order of Melchizedek."Why is this Melchizedek so important?Well, the author explains that Melchizedek was a guy whose name means "king of righteousness" and "king of peace." He was never born and he never died (weird), but on the plus side, that means he got to stay a priest forever.In Genesis, Melchizedek blessed Abraham and Abraham gave him ten percent of his money.Jewish law came down while the Levite priests were in power. But that law didn't do anything to stop sin, did it? In fact, says Hebrews, Psalm 110 points out that there would be another high priest coming. One who was just like Melchizedek. One who wasn't part of the Levi's tribe at all. One who would fix everything.Now, Jesus wasn't a Levite. He was an ancestor of Jacob's son Judah (just like King David). No one from Judah's tribe has ever served as high priest, but the author knows that the high priest that God appoints is going to be just like Melchizedek. He's not gonna come by bloodlines, but through the power of God himself.See, says the author, Jewish law was imperfect. But Jesus is perfect, and he's come to bring the world a new and better covenant with God.He won't be like the old priests either who were always dying off and changing. Jesus gets to hold onto his position forever, which means anyone who comes to him can be saved at any time.Jesus also never sinned, so he doesn't have to offer sacrifices for his own bad deeds like human high priests. He doesn't have to keep burning rams and goats at the altar for everyone else because he made himself into a sacrifice by dying on the cross. His work here is done.
Jesus-Perfect in Every Way Even though he's talking to a bunch of spiritual babies, the author's not gonna go back over lots of basic Christian teachings—baptism, resurrection, judgment. Instead, he'll just press ahead towards perfection. Okay, then.For the author, being perfect means staying faithful. That means Christians need to keep the faith in Jesus no matter what hardships they're up against. It's impossible for any Christian who turns away from Jesus to come back into God's good graces. After all, Christians have heard all the good stuff about Jesus and even got a little taste of salvation. If they turn your back on those things, says the author, they're just as bad as the folks who mocked and crucified Jesus.It's kind of a like a field on a farm. If the ground drinks up rain and grows crops, then it's in good shape. But if it starts growing stubborn weeds…well, then the only thing left to do is to burn it all down.But the author is confident that they can do it. Just keep swimming!God's won't back down from his promises if the Christians don't back down from theirs.Remember when he promised Abraham that he'd have tons of kids and grandkids (way back in Genisis)? Well, Abraham kept the faith and God totally delivered.Now, God has promised the world salvation through Jesus, and he's not about to quit on that promise. Amen Thanks to www.smoop.co
Jesus~The High Priest~ Hebrews Chapter Five Remember when the author said that Jesus was like a Jewish high priest? Well, let us explain…High Priests are kind of like a go-between for the people and God. They offer gifts and sacrifices in the temple so that anyone who's sinned can make things right with God. They also have to be gentle when they're dealing with these sinners because, hey, they're sinners themselves.One does not simply walk into Modar and one does not simply appoint himself to be the high priest. Jesus is no different.The high priest doesn't get elected. He's hand-picked by God, just like Aaron was in Exodus…and just like Jesus was.So, God appointed Jesus to be the high priest for all the people in the whole world. He never sinned himself, but he earned his stripes by becoming human, obeying God, suffering, and dying.Now a jab at the listeners (the folks it was addressed to almost 2,000 years ago): they're a little bit dim-witted.Yeah, they're slacking a bit in the whole understanding-God-and-the-mysteries-of-the-universe department.The author thinks they're a bit like little babies who aren't quite ready for solid food yet.Mature Christians, on the other hand, know the difference between good and evil and can handle solid food (i.e., complex theological discussions). Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Jackie Barrett
For more than 26 years, TV Personality Jackie Barrett, author of The Devil I Know, about the Amityville Killer Ronnie DeFeo, has been a psychic medium and author. Her amazing abilities to both communicate with the dead and guide the living have propelled her into the spotlight. She is known throughout the world as America's foremost occult and paranormal expert. Jackie's remarkable efforts with the Red Cross and the Jackie Barrett Foundation have raised millions of dollars, and her compassion has earned her a great deal of respect, enabling her to help thousands of people from diverse backgrounds. She has clients all over the world, including celebrities in the music and entertainment industries, politicians, socialites, and professional athletes. Jackie is the most sought after for her unique seances where she allows the guest to directly communicate with the contacted spirit, instead of the traditional seance where only the medium will make contact with the spirit. She has been issued a captain's badge from now-retired NYC Police Captain Sean Crowley for her work on cold cases. She works with him and her daughter Joanne, who assists her with both cold cases and private clients. Jackie also continues her work with personal clients around the world. Jackie's latest accomplishment is her book, The Haunting of the Gemini. It's a riveting account of her journey with the New York City Zodiac Killer. After almost two decades of silence, he chooses to speak only with Jackie, and this book tells -- for the first time -- the true extent of his crimes. For appointments and contact www.thehousethatkaybuilt.com
Take a Little Rest All that stuff in Numbers happened a really long time ago. It doesn't mean anything for the Christians this book is addressed to, right?Wrong. Anyone who's faithful can still get the good stuff that God had promised to the Israelites. If they had listened to him, they would have been able to stroll into the Promised Land and "enter [God's] rest."What does that mean?We're glad we asked. Basically, the author of Hebrews thinks the ancient Israelites were unfaithful to God. They knew what he wanted them to do, but they decided they'd rather be doing other things (like sinning). That's why they couldn't make it into the Promised Land to rest and relax.But even though the Jewish people settled in for a little down time a long time ago, God's still offering the chance for his people to "enter his rest" today. Huh?Well, remember back in Genesis? On the seventh day "God rested" (Genesis 2:3). Well, the author thinks that's the kind of rest that the faithful should be aiming for.After God created the entire world, he entered into a peaceful state of calm and relaxation. He wasn't shaping men out of clay or gluing the wings on birds. He just was.And that's the kind of rest that Christians should be looking for through Jesus, says Hebrews. The ability to just sit and be with God.If you want to make it to this restful place, it continues, you've got to keep the faith.Remember, since Jesus became human, he knows how everyone struggles with this whole sin thing. Sure, he didn't ever sin himself, but he knows it's tough and he totally sympathizes.In conclusion: if you're in need of grace and mercy, you know whose throne you should be heading over to.
Don't Be Like the Israelites~Hebrews Chapter 3
So, Jesus has a lot going for him. He's an apostle. A high priest. A super faithful guy. He's just like Moses. Oh, except way better. See, Moses was a good and faithful servant to God. But Jesus? Well, he's God's son. And if you ask the master of the house who he likes better—the guy who works for him or his own son—you can probably guess who he's gonna pick. That means that people need to stay on the Jesus train. If they hear God speaking to them about Jesus, they might want to clean the wax out of their ears because that's important info right there. If you remember way back in Numbers, the Israelites were on their way to the Promised Land and they started doubting God. The Almighty got a little mad a forced them to wander around in the desert for forty years until the older generation died off. Um…couldn't they have stopped and asked for directions? Anyway, just take it as a warning, says Hebrews. Don't lose faith in God because the Big Guy is really into this whole tough love thing. More advice from Hebrews: help other Christians stay faithful, too, so that you don't all start sinning up a storm. Christians are Jesus' partners in this thing called life and you definitely want to keep it that way. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Being Human -Please note we lost connection during the program and will fill that part in next time. Okay, so God's Son is super important—that's why his followers need to pay really close attention to what they've been taught about him. Otherwise, they might start getting a little lazy about this whole following God thing. No one wants that.After all, says Hebrews, God gave the world the Torah to tell us to expect his son. And the Jewish prophets backed him up. Then God showed off by letting all kinds of miracles happen to show the truth. Finally, he went and gave the world the Holy Spirit. Message received, God.Quick side note: folks who believe that Jesus is the son of God tend to interpret the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament as a precursor of the New Testament—they believe that parts of the Hebrew Bible predict the birth (and story) of Jesus and that the New Testament is basically a fulfillment of the Old. But folks who just use the Hebrew Bible (namely, Jews) would argue that Christians are projecting this reading onto the scripture where it doesn't exist. For our part, we don't really care who thinks what—we're reading this as literature, and we're going to analyze it as such.Back to Hebrews: when the world needed a savior, did God send an angel? Nope. He sent his son. Oh, did we mention? His name is Jesus.Even though Jesus is totally equal with God, there was a time when he "was made lower than the angels" and became a human being.After he suffered and died, Jesus got all kinds of glory and honor from God. Way to make the Old Man proud.Basically, that just means that, by suffering and dying, Jesus became "perfect," and was able to show the rest of the world how to perfectly follow God as well. All in a days work for the savior of the world, we guess.
Jesus Rules and Angels Drool~Hebrews, Chapter #1
Jesus Rules and Angels Drool A long time ago, in a biblical land far, far away, God spoke to the Jewish people and told them all about himself. As you might imagine, the story was pretty epic.Lately though, says Hebrews, God's tale has taken a little twist: now he has a son.
God's son is pretty epic, too. He's God's heir and he helped co-create the world. He's also exactly like his dad in every way and he keeps the world running with his mighty words. Not bad for a kid.This son did some pretty awesome work on Earth. His death wiped away all sin, and afterwards, he got to kick it up in Heaven at the right hand of his dad. In other words, he's got a really sweet seat.He's even superior to the angels. Huh? Superior to the celestial beings who float around in the presence of the Almighty all day and night? Yep.After all, did God ever say to one of the angels, "Hey, there sonny boy," or "I am your father"? Nope.On the contrary, when God brought his firstborn son into the world, he told the angels to bow down and worship him. That's right, angels.Get with the groveling.Hebrews continues: God's son rules over the entire world now and forever. Everything in the world will die one day, but the son is just gonna hang around forever and ever. Seriously, did God ever take an angel aside and tell it to sit itself down next to him so he could make its enemies into an ottoman for the angel to rest its tired little tootsies on? Nope.God created the son to rule and the angels to serve. Hmmm…now we're starting to see why Lucifer got angry. Thanks to www.shmoop
Hi everyone! Due to many requests tonight's show is an open mic night with free card readings, discussions of all things paranormal and we will have free card readings! Share your paranormal experiences and maybe a ghost or two will call in! So just call in with your card reading request or if you have a paranormal experience you want to share! Remember this is for fun and entertainment purposes only~only God knows all! Calls are taken in order and we will also have live chat. See you soon!
The call in number is 619-924-9744!
Philemon Chapter 1. Paul is Back in The Slammer.
Philemon: Great Christian or Greatest Christian? Hidey ho! Paul here. Timothy, too. He just loves to tag along for these letters.This time, Paul is writing his friends Philemon, Apphia, and Archippus. But the bulk of this is mostly addressed to Philemon.Paul knows how super loving and faithful Philemon is. He's heard all about it and it's warmed his little heart just thinking about all the Christians that have been inspired by Philemon's goodness.But really, Paul has a favor to ask here. It's a biggie, but note that he's asking, not telling Philemon what to do. Even though Paul could totally command him, he won't. Smooth move.See, while Paul was in prison (again), he met a guy named Onesimus. He taught Onesimus about Jesus and Onesimus became a believer. Hallelujah, right?Kind of. See, Onesimus was also a slave who ran away from his master, Philemon.While Onesimus was in prison with Paul, he helped him out tons. Paul would have liked to keep Onesimus there with him, but now he's decided to send him back to his former master. See, Paul didn't want to overstep his bounds and keep someone else's slave. He'd much rather Philemon agree to this arrangement on his own. You know, so he doesn't feel like Paul's forcing him or anything. In fact, Paul hopes that when Onesimus comes back, Philemon will welcome his human property as a brother in Christ. Paul wants Philemon to "welcome him as you would welcome me." We're sure that's gonna go over really well.And to sweeten the deal, Paul even agrees to pay any debts that Onesimus owes Philemon. Paul is really laying it all on the line here, Philemon.Paul knows that Philemon will do the right thing here. He's just gotta.
Titus Chapter 3! Respect His Authority Paul tells Timothy that he should let everyone know that they need to obey authority (in case you haven't noticed, Paul's pretty into that here).Basically, Christians should be kind to non-Christians. After all, it wasn't so long ago that they didn't know about Jesus either.Jesus has come to save everyone, says Paul. And not because people are all so great or have done something to deserve it. It's just because that's how God rolls.By being baptized, every Christian gets to share in the saving power of God's goodness. So, if you believe in God, you'll act Godly. It's pretty simple.Paul reminds Timothy not to sit around all day and argue with the naysayers. Sure, he can correct them once or twice, but after that, he should just ignore them. They'll dig their own graves.Paul drops a few more names here, ends with a little "grace be with you," and he's out. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Titus, Chapter 2 Summary
Traditional Gender Roles 101 Paul lays out some more advice that Titus should start handing out there in Crete.Every man should be on his best behavior. Doing things in moderation, acting serious, and basically just being a rock for the community. Oh, and don't leave the toilet seat up.Women also need to keep things on the up and up. They should stay away from spreading gossip and lies and drinking too much. Yeah, the Sex in The City ladies are in trouble.The older ladies need to set an example for younger women, encouraging these gals to love their husbands and kids, control their crazy female emotions, take care of the house, and, of course, submit to their husbands. Duh.If women don't do all this, non-Christians are really gonna turn a stink eye toward believers. So keep it on the up and up, girls.Young men shouldn't run around acting all crazy either. These guys might be better off not venturing outside of the house.Slaves, also, should obey their masters. Don't talk back, don't steal, and just be super faithful to the person who owns you. It's what God wants, says Paul.This is why God sent Jesus, Paul continues. One day, Jesus will come back and see how awesome the Christians have been doing and reward them. Until then, people just have to keep living Godly lives. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Louisa Oakly Green
"It isn’t often something occurs that turns your sense of reality on its side. But that’s just what happened to me more than 20 years ago when I met my psychic husband, Stephen. I’ve worked as a journalist and science writer. And back in those days I was also a strong skeptic about anything paranormal. But the universe has a sense of humor and I ended up falling in love with a quirky guy who, other than thinking he was psychic, seemed reasonably normal. Oh, and he also came from a family of psychics. They didn’t do readings for a living. They all had normal jobs. But they had this ability….After a while I found myself surrounded by remarkable clairvoyants and mediums, so I began referring to myself as a psychic bystander. (Did I mention that I have no detectable psychic ability myself?) Over the years, I experienced events through his family and friends that just couldn’t be explained. It piqued my curiosity and I eventually decided to write my first book in the Psychic Bystander™ series, Loitering at the Gate to Eternity: Memoirs of a Psychic Bystander. It retells more than 100 true stories from everyday people about their psychic experiences—including out-of-body adventures, premonitions, contact with the dead, reincarnation and more. The fact-based side of me added the history of many of these phenomena through the millennia in various cultures". http://www.psychicbystander.com/
Titus Chapter 1. St. Paul sends another letter.
Strong Leadership Greetings! It's time for another letter from Paul. This time, he's writing to his other friend and travelling companion, Titus.Paul reminds Titus that he left him in Crete so that he could keep order there. Seems the people of Crete are in need of some leadership.Titus was supposed to pick leaders in every city, and Paul lays out some guidelines. Elders should be "blameless." Good luck there. They also have to be married (only once) and have kids who are Christian, too.Bishops also have to be upstanding guys. No one who's arrogant, mean, an alcoholic, or greedy need apply for the position. A bishop needs to have a level lead and be able to pass on what's true and right (namely, Paul's teachings).You've gotta have strong leaders because there are lots of Christian naysayers out there who are rebelling against Paul's teachings (which are, in turn, Jesus's teachings).These naysayers think that all Christians need to follow Jewish law and be circumcised. He's dealt with this before.He tells Titus to take it to these guys and try to get them to stop following "Jewish myths" and turning away from the truth. It's time to bring the pain, Titus.
Hi everyone! Due to many requests tonight's show is an open mic night with free card readings, discussions of all things paranormal and we will have free card readings! Share your paranormal experiences and maybe a ghost or two will call in! So just call in with your card reading request or if you have a paranormal experience you want to share! Remember this is for fun and entertainment purposes only~only God knows all! Calls are taken in order and we will also have live chat. See you soon!
The call in number is 619-924-9744!
2 Timothy, Chapter 4
Paul Is Dead… Almost Paul finishes off by reminding Timothy to keep going and telling people about Jesus.He worries that, someday, people won't be satisfied with teachings from such an authoritative source. They're just gonna go running around trying to find a preacher who agrees with their point of view. Yeah, probably.Paul's passing this all on because he's about to die. He's in prison in Rome and he knows they'll end up putting him to death. God won't spring him from the Big House this time.But it's fine because Paul has fought the good fight. He's made it to the finish line, and now he's ready to get that medal slung around his neck.Paul asks Timothy to come see him soon. It seems everyone else has left him there in Rome. He's also missing his cloak and some books.But even though not everyone stood by him during this last stint in prison, Paul hopes God won't hold it against them.God may have saved him before, but Paul knows that now he's at the end of the road. It was a good ride.He closes the letter by asking Timothy to say hi to some friends in other churches and to come visit soon. Until then, Paul will be waiting.Sniff. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
The Final Countdown Like in his previous letter, Paul explains again that there will be lots of people turning away from God as the world comes to an end.Paul warns everyone to stay away from all kinds of bad folks including arrogant jerks, greedy people, abusers, disobedient children, liars, and "lovers of pleasure." Well, there goes their weekend plans.There are also people out there who prey on "silly women" in the church. They make their way into their homes and teach them all kinds of nonsense. But in the end, they've got no clue what they're talking about.Paul wants Timothy to be just like him: faithful, patient, loving, and all that good stuff. Oh, and don't be afraid of persecutions. Paul's had his share, but in the end, it all turned out fine. (Except of course that last time when he got beheaded.)Paul says: if you want to follow Jesus, you're gonna get some flack. It's just a fact.But if Timothy keeps the faith, he'll get through it and help others figure out where they're going wrong in the process. Good luck, Tim. (Thanks to www.shmoop.com)
Karen Anderson
Karen Anderson is a professional Animal Communicator, Psychic and Medium from the Eastern Washington area. Karen discovered that she had psychic abilities and could talk to the animals at a very young age. Born and raised in Southern California, Karen surrounded herself with many beloved animals over the years and learned how to understand their thoughts and feelings. As her career path took her into the Rocky Mountains of Colorado, Karen realized that her psychic skills enabled her to read the energy of the suspects and criminals she dealt with while she was a deputy sheriff in Bailey, Colorado. Karen has logged well over 12,000 sessions as of January 2015. She provides her clients with incredibly detailed private consultations and refers to her style of readings as an 'Evidential Medium' as she strives to obtain evidence and actual facts for her clients. Her vast experience has earned her a reputation as an expert in behavior resolution, discovering health problems and end of life issues for all living creatures. "Hear All Creatures!" is Karen's first book is available on Amazon. Her highly attuned intuitive abilities allow her to read the energy of all animals. Karen has received the prestigious recognition as the 1st Place Winner for 'Best Animal Communicator' on the About.com Readers' Choice Awards for 2013. In 2012 Karen also received the 2nd Place Award for the 'Best Animal Communicator'. Combining her two areas of expertise, the psychic realm and law enforcement, Karen also works with law enforcement agencies on missing persons, cold cases and other unsolved crimes. http://www.karenanderson.net
2 Timothy: Chapter 2 Summary
Suffering Builds Character!
Now, Paul gives Timothy some advice: stay strong, man. It'll be Timothy's job to pass on everything he's heard from Paul. He needs to be like a solider who's willing to suffer to make the commander or a star athlete who wins by following the rules or a farmer who gets to take the first bite of the crops he grew. Paul says God will give him the answer key shortly. Paul may be in chains because of Jesus, but God's words can't be chained. He's willing to go to any lengths so that God's people can be saved and spend an eternity with Jesus. Basically, God helps those who stick by his side. If you die with him, you'll live. If you suffer for him, you'll be on top one day. But if you turn your back on him, good things will not happen. Paul tells Timothy to remind his students in Christ that they shouldn't sit and argue about dogma all day. More obeying, less questioning. Because questioning leads to sin. So everyone just needs to listen up if they want to stay on the path to Heaven. Paul doesn't want anyone else who seem to think the resurrection already happened. It's kind of like that drawer in your house that holds all your utensils. Stay with us here. Some of those utensils are fancy silver serving spoons that last for years. And others are just boring wooden spoons that you toss in the trash when they get old. Paul is saying that you want to be like God's special silver serving spoon. Valuable, sturdy, and the kind of thing God doesn't want to toss aside. Paul also tells Timothy not to act childish. He should keep his record clean and not get involved in stupid arguments all the time. Even when people are oh-so wrong about Jesus, Timothy needs to treat them with kindness. Hey, maybe God will change their silly, Devil-possessed minds one day, he says.
Dr Joan Hangarter
Joan of Angels Oracle Artist Joan of Angels, also known as Dr Joan Hangarter, is a visionary artist, as well as a psychic consultant, healer, and author, who has dedicated her life to learning the art of listening to your inner voice and manifesting your visions. Her special mission is to awaken you to your celestial frequencies as you remember who you are and step into your mission. In 2013, Joan began receiving the images from the Earth Messengers, Beings sent by the Divine. She was instructed to paint “33 angels in 30 days, and then to “Paint us and we will come.” These messengers bring unconditional love, wisdom, guidance and most of all healing for the world. These paintings are unique portals to accessing the divine and fulfilling your destiny. These divine beings are calling you to awaken, remember, and step into your destiny. They support you in clarity of vision, dissolution of obstacles and renewed courage to follow your calling. Through group and private sessions, as well as paintings, Joan of Angels guides her clients through the awakening of mission, purpose and destiny.
Doing Time for Jesus, 2 Timothy Chapter 1 It's Paul again, writing yet another letter to his favorite co-worker in Christ (shhh, don't tell Titus).Paul tells Timothy that he prays for him all the time and really wants to get together very soon (have his people call your people, Timothy). Oh, and he's always happy when he thinks of Timothy's grandma, Lois, and his mom, Eunice, who were both faithful Christians, too.Even though Paul's in prison right now (yeah, he went to prison a lot), he tells Timothy not to be embarrassed that he's in the slammer. In fact, Timothy should suffer with Paul. Sounds like…fun?After all, that's what God wants. That's why he sent Jesus to save the world and kick death's butt so that everyone could live with God forever.In a nutshell, that's why God sent Paul to preach the word…and that's why he's always going through tough times.But Paul's not worried. He knows he's put his faith in Jesus and that things will work out okay in the end.And everyone else can be saved, too, if they only follow the right teachings (hint: these are the ones from Paul).Of course, anyone who goes the other way won't be so lucky. We're looking at you, Phygelus and Hermogenes. Paul knows what you did last summer, guys.But Onesiphorus is the best. He found Paul while he was in prison in Rome and has helped him out quite a bit.
JG Voss
JG Voss is the author of the newly released book "Paranormal." JG lives in Seneca Falls, NY, with her husband and youngest daughter. Her husband has become a believer after seeing a photo of ghostly passengers sitting in his car on a day he drove to work. JG and her eldest daughter, who resides in Berkeley, CA, share and support each other through their personal experiences and connection to the spiritual realm."Paranormal" is a true story revealing a lifetime of paranormal encounters experienced by the author JG Voss. Within the last decade, JG started taking photographs of the paranormal activity occurring in various homes. These locations are referred to in the book as "The Four Points of Contact." The book includes fifty photos showing spirit orbs in various forms, how the spirits were attached to her pets and family, and images of apparitions. JG is sharing her story and photos as a testimony to the fact that a very real and active spiritual realm does exist in this world.
A Paranormal Share To Care Blog: https://paranormal-jgvoss.com/
We Shall Overcome…But Not Yet Now, who hasn't Paul dished out any advice to yet? How about slaves?If you're a slave, what should you do? Just "regard [your] master as worthy of all honor" and God will be happy.If your master isn't Christian, just be on your best behavior so you won't reflect poorly on the rest of the group.But if you and your master happen to both be Christian, don't think that means you can expect to be treated like a human being rather than a piece of property.In fact, it just means you should slave-away even more because you're serving a fellow Christian. Um, okay…If you disagree with this, then that means you disagree with Jesus. You're also a big, arrogant, liar, who just loves to argue about things. Take note, abolitionists.But if you want to live a Godly life, you'll be happy with what you have.Don't go chasing after money and fancy cars, because bad things will follow.Keep focused on fighting the good fight for Jesus and all will be well. Remember how he kept he faith and told Pilate what was what? Well, that's how faithful Christians should be.If anyone is super wealthy right now, they should make a special effort to keep their focus on God. They need to try to get a hold of "real riches." In other words, be Godly and not a jerk.In closing, Paul tells Timothy to pass on all this good stuff and to help lead people back to the straight and narrow path and away from those naysayers who don't have any clue what they're talking about anyhow.Burn". Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Hi everyone! Due to many requests tonight's show is an open mic night with free card readings, please note this will be a Saturday Night Special 05/28/16 in place of our usual Friday.
We will have discussions of all things paranormal and we also want to remember all those who served for Memorial Day coming up on Monday! God bless you for your service.
So just call in with your card reading request or if you have a paranormal experience you want to share we will have the phone lines open Saturday night 6pm PST. Here are some sample questions you can ask;
"What do I need to know/see/understand right now? What do I need to focus on right now? What message do my spirit guides/angels have for me? How can I have more fun in life? What’s the best way for me to make a positive difference in the world? What will help me feel more at peace? How can I express myself creatively this week? What talent do I have that I need to use more? What part of myself am I ignoring/denying right now? What do I need more of in my life?" ...http://www.daily-tarot-girl.com
Please remember this is for entertainment purposes only!
The Real Widows of Ancient Rome Okay, time for some more guidelines.Respect your elders! Seriously. Paul wants everyone to treat older men and women with kindness.And widows? Be good to them, too… if they're really widows.A "real widow" is someone who has no husband, kids, grandkids, or family to care for her. Since she has no one else, it's up to the community to care for her.…If she meets a couple criteria. She has to be over 60 years old and married only once, and people have to come forward and say what an awesome lady she is. Oh, and she needs to devote herself to God and pray day and night.If a widow has a family, though, they should be the ones to help her. Otherwise, they're just a bunch of unfaithful jerks.Any widow under 60? Well, she can just fend for herself.Why? These young widows have "sensual desires," which Jesus does not approve of at all. They're also lazy gossips and busybodies.Okay, then.Paul thinks these ladies should just go get married and have some kids. That'll teach 'em. In any case, the community doesn't have to help them out. Sorry, ladies.Okay, what about elders? These guys are leaders in the church as well, and Paul thinks they should be well respected and well paid.He also lets everyone know that anyone who accuses an elder of a crime better have two or three witnesses to back it up. Note to elders: only break laws in front of one person at a time. It's the perfect crime!Paul wraps all this up by telling Timothy to follow all this to the letter. Don't bend the rules just because you like or don't like someone.He also lets Timothy know that it's cool to drink a little wine every now and then…as long as it's medicinal. Thanks to shmoop.com
Haters Gonna Hate Paul explains that it's totally normal for opposition to start bubbling over when the world is about the end. The last days will make people a little antsy.There are people out there right now who are basically following demons and are hypocrites and liars. (Spoiler alert: these are Paul's opponents.)They tell people not to get married and not to eat certain foods (hello, bacon!).Paul believes that everything God created is good. That means marriage and any kind of food.Paul reminds Timothy to pass all his teachings along to keep the people on the righteous path to Heaventown.They should stay away from a faith that's based on urban legends and old wives' tales.Be Godly and fight the good fight because that's what God wants, says Paul.Oh, and Timothy shouldn't let anyone brush him aside just because he's young. As long as he's acting like a stand-up guy, he'll command their respect.When Paul gets into town, he'll help, but until then, it's all up to Timothy to hold down the fort. Good luck, dude.
Hi everyone! Due to many requests tonight's show is an open mic night with free card readings, discussions of all things paranormal and hey it is a full moon and Friday the 13th! So just call in with your card reading request or if you have a paranormal experience you want to share or you want to sing us a song!
The call in number is 619-924-9744!
From Wiki,"The fear of the number 13 has been given a scientific name: "triskaidekaphobia"; and on analogy to this the fear of Friday the 13th is called paraskevidekatriaphobia, from the Greek words Paraskeví (Παρασκευ?, meaning "Friday"), and dekatreís (δεκατρε?ς, meaning "thirteen").[1]
It is possible that the publication in 1907 of Thomas W. Lawson's popular novel Friday, the Thirteenth, contributed to disseminating the superstition. In the novel, an unscrupulous broker takes advantage of the superstition to create a Wall Street panic on a Friday the 13th."
Remember this is for entertainment purposes only!
HAPPY MOTHER'S DAY! God bless you all!
Follow the Leaders Now, some rules for who can lead the church. Warning: it's a tall order.A bishop has to be a totally stand-up guy. He has only been married once, he's sensible and a good teacher, he's not a drunk, and he doesn't use violence. Also, he doesn't pick fights with other folks and isn't greedy. Basically, he's a well respected man about town.He also has to take charge at home. Because if a guy can't control his wife and kids, how's he gonna run a whole church, right?Next up: he shouldn't be a new convert, and non-Christians should think he's a swell guy. That's gonna help avoid a lot of troubles down the road.Deacons, too, have lots of boxes to check before they can take the leadership reigns.Be serious, don't lie, don't drink, don't be greedy, and basically, be flawless.Women who want the post also can't be all gossipy and have to be super faithful.A deacon can only be married once and also needs to run a house that's in ship-shape. No skeletons in the closet or black sheep in the family tree.Yeah, this is intense.Paul concludes this section by explaining that he hopes to visit soon, but wanted to send this letter ahead so that everyone would know how exactly how they should be acting.
Separate But Unequal~The Way it Was Paul's ready to start dishing out some guidelines for good Christian behavior.First, prayer is good. Pray for everyone, even non-Christians. Especially kings and other guys in positions of authority. That will go a long way to smoothing over Christian relations with the Roman Empire.Besides, Paul says, God wants everyone in the world to be saved. Jesus died to help the entire world get closer to God, and he won't be happy until he's got 100% participation down here on Earth.That's why God bothered to appoint Paul as an apostle to the Gentiles in the first place: to lead everyone, no matter who they are, to Jesus.So who should do this praying?Well, men. They can pray anytime and anywhere. They can lift up their hands and make a joyful noise because God totally digs it.Ladies, on the other hand, don't get as much freedom.Womenfolk should always dress modesty. No getting dolled up with hair braids and gold and pearls and fancy clothes. It seems Paul thinks the Devil wears Prada, too.Also, don't teach anyone to try to have an authority over a man. Just concentrate on being meek and submissive and everything will be fine.Why all the rules for ladies? Well, it all goes back to Genesis. God made Adam first. Adam also wasn't the one who got fooled by that snake—it was Eve. Um, has Paul read Genesis lately?But even though a woman did a bad deed way back when, ladies today can save themselves by having lots of babies and raising them up right. Oh, and by staying meek and modest and not worrying their pretty little heads about voting and stuff like that.
Bruce Gold
Bruce Gold has never been to The Old City of Jerusalem, the Himalaya’s, Machu Picchu, or any other exotic location where miracles are thought to take place. He doesn’t dress in Tribal Robes and call himself any other name than the one he came into this world with. He was born and raised, and realized his gift of healing in his hometown, of Los Angeles, California. Bruce’s gift, as a Conduit for the Transference of Positive Healing Energies, came as a result of a conscious near death experience, which occurred while he was driving alone on a crowded Los Angeles Freeway in May of 2002. The thing he is most sure of today, is that he was most definitely not alone during that fateful ride.He has been sharing his gift of healing from the moment he first recognized it. He has a non-invasive technique of energy transference, that reaches his recipients almost immediately. He has worked successfully on both Human Beings and Animals. Bruce’s modality has been used both in person, as well as over the phone sessions for distance healing. Bruce makes it clear to his client’s that they are the Healers, and he is there strictly as an intermediary, bringing back to them the well of their own energies. His otherness as he refers to it, lasted most of his adult life. He had fallen into a deep depression which appeared early on, and was seriously misdiagnosed, and mistreated with improper medications that could have led him to ending his own life. Living in a walking coma for over twelve years, he literally watched every dream he ever had vanish before his eyes...For more information and to make an appointment call: 310-475-2093. His website-http://www.bgspiritualhealer.com
Follow the Leaders Now, some rules for who can lead the church. Warning: it's a tall order.A bishop has to be a totally stand-up guy. He has only been married once, he's sensible and a good teacher, he's not a drunk, and he doesn't use violence. Also, he doesn't pick fights with other folks and isn't greedy. Basically, he's a well-respected man about town.He also has to take charge at home. Because if a guy can't control his wife and kids, how's he gonna run a whole church, right?Next up: he shouldn't be a new convert, and non-Christians should think he's a swell guy. That's gonna help avoid a lot of troubles down the road.Deacons, too, have lots of boxes to check before they can take the leadership reigns.Be serious, don't lie, don't drink, don't be greedy, and basically, be flawless.Women who want the post also can't be all gossipy and have to be super faithful.A deacon can only be married once and also needs to run a house that's in ship-shape. No skeletons in the closet or black sheep in the family tree.Yeah, this is intense.Paul concludes this section by explaining that he hopes to visit soon, but wanted to send this letter ahead so that everyone would know how exactly how they should be acting.
Karen Anderson~ PLEASE NOTE THAT A THUNDERSTORM knocked out the power in Karen's area show night. She will return June 17th to share her exciting story with us!
Karen Anderson is an Author, Animal Communicator, Psychic and Medium from Eastern Washington. Karen's ability to talk to the animals surfaced when she was very young. Later in life that she found that these psychic skills enabled her to read the energy of the suspects and criminals she dealt with while she was a deputy sheriff in Colorado. Now Karen uses her intuitive abilities to read the energy of all animals living or deceased providing private consultations to clients all over the world. Known for providing extremely detailed messages, Karen is also a MEDIUM and connects with departed human souls as well. Her book, 'Hear All Creatures' documents her journey into the hearts and minds of the animals. Her second book, as a contributing author of Amazing Paranormal Encounters Volume 2 depicts true stories from the Afterlife. Karen works exclusively from her home near the Spokane, Washington area where she lives on a small farm with the animals she loves.
Don't Let the Man of Sin Get You Down Paul urges the Thessalonians not to be panicked by the thought that "the day of the Lord" that they've all been waiting for has already come and gone. Um, we don't think it's likely that they would miss all the angels and trumpets and such, Paul.He says that they shouldn't let anyone trick them about this. Especially not "the man of sin." Ominous, much?This guy puts himself above God. In fact, he tells everyone he is God.Paul says he already told them all about this dude and that something is holding this sinful guy back right now. The Thessalonians know what, but Paul isn't clueing us in. Pretty soon, the Man of Sin will be shown for what he is, and Jesus will come down and kill him "with the breath of his mouth."Maybe try brushing before you descend from Heaven next time, Jesus.Basically, this is the work of Satan. He's in charge of all things bad and deceitful, and he loves it when people refuse to follow Jesus. It's his favorite.But it's God who's making these non-believers buy into these lies. (Wait, seriously, God?) Later, he will condemn them for it.Lucky for the Thessalonians, God has destined them for all kinds of good things. God spoke to them through the words of his messengers (i.e., Paul) and they accepted it. Now, if they just hold onto the things that they've been taught, it'll be smooth sailing from here on out. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Dr. Cynthia Cavalli
Cynthia Cavalli is many things: a shamanic dream and synchronicity coach, corporate systems wizard, complexity consultant, and visionary life strategist. Her background includes an eclectic blend of education and experience, with a doctorate in organizational psychology, three decades as an aerospace engineer, an MBA with coursework at Cambridge, and certification as a Shamanic dream teacher. She hails from South India and like her masterful culinary creations, her expertise draws from diverse cultures around the world. She is equally at home providing leadership coaching to corporate executives, offering systems and complexity workshops to groups, or guiding individuals through the uncertain passages of life using dreams, synchronicity, stories, and mythology. She is a gentle, wise soul dedicated to global transformation through personal inner work, and a marriage of objective science and intuitive healing practices. Her website is: cynthiacavalliconsulting.com
Please note: Wednesdays in April & May, 7-9pm Cynthia Cavalli is hosting with Gary S. Bobroff a fantastic webinar “Synchronicity and The Miraculous Yin. Go to jungianonline.com for more information.
II Thessalonians Chapter 1
Well, Hello Again Again, this letter starts with a greeting from Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy to the folks in Thessalonica. Hey, y'all. Long time, no write.And again, Paul is thankful that the Christians of Thessalonica are so darn holy and awesome. So the Thessalonians are suffering a bit. So what? This is all part of God's master plan to strengthen them. And no worries, God will make it right in the end, everyone.When Jesus comes down from Heaven with angels and fire all around him (yowza), non-believers are gonna pay big time.Believers, on the other hand, are golden.Paul prays all the time that the Thessalonians will keep on the straight and narrow and be deemed worthy by God to be part of this elite group of humans who won't be having divine wrath poured down upon them. We're guessing the Thessalonians are shooting for this, too.
Mary Muñoz
I am an Executive Member of the New Mexico UFO & Paranormal Forum since its creation in 2006. I have 50 years of known experiences in the ET phenomena, which started at the age of 4. The experiences are directly related through my father, his lineage, so in essence I am a generational experiencer. It was in early 2001 that I completed five sessions of regression hypnotherapy to recall and validate what I had already known to be true, but didn’t want to believe. During this time, I began to share with others my experiences at the UFO Watchtower. Some of the highlights of my experiences include a one on one encounter with being that appear like us, but in essence is not human. Missing time while driving across Wyoming as an over the road truck driver. Sightings of lights, ships and orbs. I write symbols that has been attributed to Angelic and that of the Magi. I reflect my ET experiences through my art, design and writing. I am currently working on a book about the experiences I have encountered and the dynamics of my particular situation, which includes a bit of cloak and dagger. I am an empath with many other abilities, out of the box thinker and today study the Magickal Arts specifically, of Heremtic’s and Enochian Magick of John Dee. I work with my daughter in continuing to build our business Dew Drop Ess entials, LLC, which is a Magickl and Energetic essential oil company that promotes all natural signature blends for Magickal use. http://www.dewdropessentials.com/ New Mexico UFO & Paranormal Forum and Dew Drop Essentials, LLC are sponsoring “Under the Stars 2016” at the UFO Watchtower
Today on Sacred Sunday, Bible Study with Char...
You Little Thief
So just when will all this end of the world stuff be going down? We'd like to mark our calendars…and try to finish up the movies in our Netflix queue. Sorry, everyone. Paul's not telling. The only clue he does give is the say that this big day will come "like a thief in the night." In other words, you probably won't be expecting it. When everyone around you starts saying, Hey, things are pretty going good, right? That's when all heck will break loose. Of course, since Christians are always watching the return of the king (that is, Jesus) they're not gonna be fast asleep when that thief breaks open their window and tries to creep into their bedroom. They'll be sitting in the corner with their trusty baseball bat ready to give him a good whack…Nope. When that day comes, Christians are gonna be wide awake and dressed in faith, hope, and love. Paul believes that God has destined all of them for salvation. Other folks, not so much.
Some Advice for the Road
Paul tells the Thessalonians that they need to remember all this when they're feeling down or they've got a case of the Mondays. He also gives them some practical advice. Be respectful to the leaders in the community. Don't fight with each other. Do point out when other Christians are doing the wrong thing. But don't "repay evil for evil." Be happy. Pray. Be thankful. Listen to the prophets among them who are filled with the Holy Sprit. In short, be excellent to each other. Paul ends the letter with a little prayer for his friends in Thessalonica. He hopes that God will make them holy and awesome and that they'll be in good shape when Jesus comes again.
He also asks them to pray for him (and presumably Silvanus and Timothy, too). Grace and peace and the Force be with you. www.smoop.com
Let's Get it On… Or Not
Now onto another topic. Let's talk about sex. Don't get too excited. Paul wants the Thessalonians to know that they should be living the kind of lives that would make God one proud papa. This isn't sounding too sexy…So what does that mean? Lay off the sex outside of marriage. Paul says that Christians need to act differently than the Gentiles in their midst. They need to keep it in their pants and not walk around like huge lustful horn dogs all the time. Um, are the Gentiles sex maniacs or something? But why? Well, because if the Holy Spirit is in you, you'd better think twice about what you do with your body. God will not be pleased if he sees any hanky panky going on. And remember, he sees everything. Love is important when it comes to non-Christians, too. Show them respect, and basically, keep a low profile so Gentiles won't start trying to find reasons to persecute you. (Side note: Paul was not very good at taking his own advice on this.) And last, but definitely not least, Paul wants all the Thessalonians to know that God is going to bring this whole living-on-Earth thing to an end real soon. And, boy, is it gonna be epic. Jesus died and then came back to life, so he's going to make sure everyone who followed him and died already is going to come back to and have eternal life. Anyone's who's still alive and has put their faith in him will get a pretty sweet reward, too.One day soon, Paul says, you'll see Jesus descend from Heaven with all kinds of trumpet blasts and shouts and archangels following him. See? Epic. The dead will be raised up to Heaven and the living will float up into the clouds to Jesus. Then all the faithful will live with God forever. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Paul Missed You Soooo Much! When Paul couldn't stand being away from his beloved Thessalonians any more, he sent his friend (and fellow Christian) Timothy to check up on them. Good news—Timothy reports back that all is well.Well, not totally. See, Christians are being persecuted just a little bit. Paul hopes that this isn't gonna shake the Thessalonians' faith in Jesus. They've gotta be rock solid in the face of opposition.But like Timothy said, everything is going pretty good. The Thessalonians apparently just accept that the whole being Christian thing is gonna come with a side of persecution pie. That's way less delicious than it sounds, BTW.Paul has also heard that the Thessalonians are anxious to welcome him back. That's kept him going through the tough times he's been facing in his travels. You know, getting throw into jail, beaten, and nearly stoned to death. All in a day's work for Paul.But all in all, Paul is super thankful for the Thessalonians and he can't wait to see them again. When he comes, he'll have a couple more pointers to give them, but no biggie, right?Paul prays that God will bring him to Thessalonica soon and that he'll build up the love the Thessalonians have for each other and every one in the world. (Wait, everyone? Even those persecutors? Yup. Paul's über inclusive.)He also hopes that they'll keep their records spotless so that they can be ready for the day that Jesus returns and starts kicking butt and taking names. Thanks to shmoop.com
I Thessalonians, Chapter 2
More greetings from Paul—What up, Thessalonica? Apparently, not much has changed since Paul last wrote. The Thessalonians are still keeping the faith, still loving, and still being persecuted. High fives all around! (Well, not so much for the persecution part.) However, there are a few points they need to go over. Some of them are wondering if "the day of the Lord" has come already. The answer is no. Apparently a lot of this end of the world stuff depends on a shady figure called the Man of Sin. He sounds scary, but no worries. Jesus is gonna wipe him out when he comes again. It's totally on his apocalyptic to-do list. Paul closes by reminding them not to tolerate any loafers in their midst. If folks aren't willing to work, then they're not gonna eat. Hardcore. Love, peace, and prayers to everyone back in Thessalonica. Paul out. Thanks to shmoop.com
Marcia Mack
Marcia Mack lives just outside of Chicago in a town called Lake Zurich. She graduated college from Columbia College Chicago majoring in Film and working in the business for several years after college. Currently she’s a Real Estate Broker by day, and a Paranormal Investigator by night, and you can imagine that her job sometimes takes her into some eerie homes and buildings. Marcia has been active in the paranormal field for over 8 years, specializing in EVP's (Electronic Voice Phenomenon). She has been passionate about the paranormal since she was a child having experienced spirits and ghosts first hand...and spending years looking for an explanation. Over the years Marcia has investigated many locations in different states throughout the country, and has worked with many great folks in the field like Chris Fleming and the Booth Brothers. Currently, she works with IPRA as their EVP specialist as well as working independently with various other investigators. Marcia strives to do keep learning, and keep communicating to find those answers…and today she is closer to those answers than ever before. She has been invited to conduct an EVP workshop this fall at the Chicago Ghost Conference, she also has a YouTube channel called Ghosthunter Marcia, and on her channel she has what she calls her “Video Files” that are very simple compilation videos of evidence clips at different haunted locations.
Thessalonica~Home of Those Getting it Right
The letter starts with a little intro—greetings from Paul and his co-writers Silvanus and Timothy. Three authors? Yeah, but this is still kind of the Paul show. Paul and friends are writing to a group of Christians in Thessalonica. And—good news—he's just tickled pink with how things are going there. Paul says the Thessalonian Christians have been specially chosen by God. (Hey, we thought the Jews were the chosen people?) They not only understood the message of the gospel that Paul brought last time he was in town, but they all have the Holy Spirit, too. Even though it hasn't been all smooth sailing when it comes to their relationships with the non-Christians in town, the Thessalonians are keeping the faith and inspiring other Christian communities through out Greece. These guys and girls are real theological trendsetters. People everywhere keep telling Paul and company how awesome the Thessalonians are. They used to worship idols, and now they've put their faith in the one true God and his son. They're also anxiously waiting for Jesus to come back to Earth and rescue all the faithful before God lays the smackdown on the not-so-faithful. It's gonna be great…for the faithful, that is. Thanks to shmoop.com
Martha Hazzard Decker
Decker's been involved in investigating paranormal actively since 1999. As a child Decker experienced a number of unexplained occurrences which triggered her long time interest in the unknown. She retired in 2007 from law enforcement as assistant chief of police, negotiator, detective and instructor. She founded East Texas Paranormal (ETP) in 2007. ETP often investigates private homes and businesses. Decker has professional experience as an investigator; criminally and civilly, also as a writer and photographer. She had several of her photographs included in The Big Click coffee table photo book. Then in 1995, Decker received a first place award for specialty reporting from Associated Press. She decided to delve back into writing and photography and is working another nonfiction book along with writing for examiner.com as Dallas Paranormal. She has articles in The Realm Paranormal Magazine and on other websites. Decker has two blogs, one on the paranormal and the other on life after 50. She has interviewed for newspaper and magazine articles. Decker is commissioned through the Texas Supreme Court as a process server and serves documents for court appearances to individuals. She has been a guest on numerous paranormal radio shows and accepts speaking engagements for paranormal conferences. From the author, "After speaking on numerous radio shows and talking about investigations, Paranormal Profiling was born. I added an assortment of information that includes interview questions, safety issues, a forensic kit and photographs from actual cases". Her book is available at Amazon: Paranormal Profiling
Welcome to Sacred Sunday! Today we are reading Colossians Chapter 4.
We Need to Pray.
Aside from keeping a household structure that's totally conformed with 1st-century Roman life, what else are Christians supposed to do? Well, pray. Thank God in prayer. And pray that Paul gets out of prison soon. Seriously, the food in the slammer is terrible. They also need to be smart when it comes to non-believers. A Christian certainly can't deny the truth about Jesus, but that doesn't mean he or she has to stir up trouble. In other words, pick your battles very carefully. Friends of Yours, Paul? Paul is sending along this letter with his friend Tychicus (you may remember him from such biblical letters as Ephesians). He's gonna give the Colossians all the updates on Paul. No worries. Tychicus is also coming with Onesimus (you'll also see his name in the Epistle to Philemon). Aristarchus sends his best wishes from lock up. Barnabas's cousin, Mark, does, too. Jesus (who people call Justus, probably so he doesn't get confused with the way more important Jesus in Paul's life) also says hi! These three dudes are Jewish-Christians, and Paul's been really glad to have them around. Epaphras, who's a Gentile-Christian, is hanging out, too. He's the one who founded the church in Colossae, so he's really hoping things work out there. Luke and Demas say howdy, too. Paul wants them to pass along his best to everyone in Laocidea. Especially Nympha (she hosted church in her house). Once this letter has made the rounds in Colossae, they can send it onto the churches in Laodicea. Everyone gets a taste of Paul's goodness. Paul ends the letter by signing his own farewell. He tells his readers to "remember my chains." Not as catchy as kthxbai, but it's totally Paul's style.
They Used to Be Bad to the Bone
Basically, Paul doesn't want Christians to worry about all the petty things going down on Earth. Just stay focused on Jesus and all will be well. That means no sex outside of marriage. Don't do impure or lustful stuff or desire evil things. And definitely don't be greedy. It's a tall order. Back when the Colossians were Gentiles, they did all this bad stuff. But now that they're believers, things are different. They shouldn't be angry or cruel or mean or gossipy. They also shouldn't lie. Well, unless a fellow Christian asks if her toga makes her look fat. Christians basically have a whole new wardrobe. They need to put on their holiest ensemble and not those sinful rags from last season. The awesome part is that this means that everyone is equal in God's eyes. He doesn't see a difference between Greeks or Jews or foreigners or slaves or free people. Jesus is cool with everyone. Group hug! Really, just do good stuff. Be compassionate, kind, humble, meek, and patient. Forgive other people. . Don't forget to love. Bottom line, according to Paul: let Jesus be a part of your life, and you'll be happy and awesome and thankful for everything in your life. How about some thoughts for the ladies? Wives, obey your husbands, just like you would obey God himself. But gents, love your wives and don't be huge jerks to them. Kids, listen to your parents. Yeah, they can be lame, but it's the right thing to do. Dads, don't be cruel to your children. You might actually push them to rebel and that would not be good. Just pretend that you're slaving away for God. You'll get your reward in Heaven! We guess that's one thing to look forward to. Don't forget, though—anyone who does the wrong thing will be punished. Fingers crossed that God actually has the whole "owning humans" thing under this "wrong stuff" category.
Curtis Don Vito and Kelly Magee, Part II. The Illuminati
Curtis Don Vito is a singer, songwriter, artist and front man for the independent rock band SNEW. Curtis is a visionary, psychic, and clairvoyant. Curtis has spent his entire life communicating with angels, guides and spirits from other dimensions. He is the only person I know who I can have a six hour conversation with and call him right back for more because it was so interesting! Curtis Don Vito will be sharing his experiences and insights into the power of the spiritual, and personal freedom verses Illuminati attempts at control from the highest levels. He is sharing with us his knowledge and theories on the New World Order with his SNEW band mate, Kelly Magee. Kelly Magee is a lifelong musician, former Golf Teaching Pro and most importantly a guy who threw away his television set for good in 2005. Kelly has been reading and studying about the world power matrix and their manipulations via alternative media a minimum of two hours a day since 2005. Together they will be discussing Illuminati, which means "enlightened ones" in Latin. It appears that the Illuminati’s main goal is to destroy national identities of countries, the Catholic Church, control others and eventually to establish the New World Order. We will be discussing this and more tonight! Contact: www.facebook.com/snewyou
Pauline Prison Blues
Prison is fine, but it's not a total cakewalk. Go figure. It's mostly a bummer because Paul can't get out to see any of his fellow Christians. He has to settle for writing letters. Luckily, he's pretty good at that. Paul wants all his Christian friends to know that the key is Jesus. He's the source of all God's wisdom and knowledge. He might not be physically present, but Paul's there with them in spirit. Time for a Clean Slate Just keep living lives in Christ and everyone will be fine, says Paul. Paul warns them not to be swayed by false teachers who swoop in with their fancy theories and lead nice Christians astray. Human traditions and ideas don't mean anything. It's the stuff that God tells us that really matters. The Christians in Colossae used to be non-believing Gentiles. That means they weren't circumcised like Jewish guys. They knew and understood God through Jesus, not through thousands of years of Jewish law, scripture, and traditions. After Jesus died, God didn't worry so much about all the laws and traditions that he had made such a big deal about starting way back in Exodus. God took those rules and the sins of the world and he nailed them to that cross with Jesus. Watch Out for False Teachers. They also shouldn't panic about what foods they eat, or which festivals they celebrate or what they should and shouldn't be doing on the Sabbath. God just wants everyone to put their faith in Jesus. Besides, if Christians are dead to the world, then why would they need to worry so much about all the worldly things they're doing? No bacon? No work on the Sabbath? No touching unclean things. They think they're being holy when they do these things, but in reality, following these rules doesn't have any effect on a person's heart, says Paul. Sorry, law-lovers.
Diane Brandon
Diane Brandon is an expert on Intuition and Dreams, as well as a Personal Growth Facilitator. Diane Brandon is the author of three books, Dream Interpretation for Beginners – Understand the Wisdom of Your Sleeping Mind,Intuition for Beginners – Easy Ways to Awaken Your Natural Abilities, and Invisible Blueprints, as well as several articles, and a contributing author to The Long Way Around – How 34 Women Found the Lives They Love and Speaking Out. She’s currently writing her next book, Born Aware – Memories of Those Spiritually Aware Since Birth & What We can Learn. She’s an expert on Intuition, having researched its inner workings, and has taught it extensively in classes, workshops, seminars, private lessons, and Continuing Education at both Duke University and University of Memphis. She also specializes in Dream Interpretation and Dreamwork and teaches Wellness Classes on Sleep & Dreams and Stress Relief via Guided Meditation. After graduation from Benjamin Franklin Senior High School for academically gifted in New Orleans, Diane attended Duke University and graduated with an A.B. in French. She then did Master’s work in Radio, Television, and Motion Pictures at the University of North Carolina. She also attended T.U.T.O.R., a language institute in Geneva, Switzerland for French studies. Diane has been a trail-blazer for most of her life. She pursued acting and singing, was the first female manager in the Marketing Department of Edward Weck & Company, opened a performing arts store, translated international maritime regulations.
To Book Diane, Contact her at: diane@dianebrandon.com, 919 237-3204
Hello Again
Hey, there! Paul again! This time he's writing to a group of Christians in Colossae which was located in what's now Turkey. He starts out by thanking God for the Colossians. They know the truth about Jesus and they're living good Christian lives because of it. See, they found out about Jesus from this guy named Epaphras. He's told Paul all about his little students in Colossae. It was a good report. Paul still prays for them that they'll be strong in faith and keep growing and learning about God. Knowledge is (spiritual) power. God rescued all his followers from a life lived in sin and darkness. Now they're forgiven and hanging with God in his amazing kingdom. All this happened because of Jesus. He's sort of a big deal. Jesus is the physical image of God, who is invisible. He helped the Big Guy when he was creating the world. Everything that exists was created through Jesus and for Jesus. He's more important than every single thing and his very existence holds all of creation together. If the church is like a human body, Jesus is totally the brains, says Paul. He's always first in everything. He was also the first to die. Well, to die on a cross to save all humanity. Because of that God wiped the slate clean with humans and started over fresh.But seriously, Jesus is probably the most important and interesting guy in all of creation. As long as they keep the faith, Christians can keep these good times with God going. All they need to do is believe the stuff that Paul's told them. All his struggles are for something greater than him. He's fighting the good fight for Jesus and to spread God's word around the Roman Empire. He chose Paul to tell all this stuff to Gentiles and help them to come over to the light side of the Force. So Paul's not worried. Even if he has to rot in jail.
Ephesians Chapter 6
Kids Today. Kids should also listen to their parents. It's right there in the 10 Commandments. No breaking curfew or sneaking out the window when you're supposed to be grounded. But on the other hand, dads shouldn't abuse their power or try to purposely tick off their kids. They should be loving and understanding and help teach their little rugrats the proper way to behave. Same thing goes for slaves: obey your masters. Don't just follow orders when the master is watching, either. Do it all the time. Because God is always watching. It might help to think of yourself as a slave for Jesus. Don't just listen and obey because some human master wants you to. Do it because God and Jesus want you to. After all, God sees all the good things you're doing and he will reward you for not being rebellious and disobedient. Okay, but masters aren't totally off the hook either. Christian slave owners have an obligation to treat their human property decently. Masters need to remember that everyone on Earth is a slave to God. Everyone has God for a master. As far as the Big Guy is concerned, there's no difference between slaves and their owners. They're all equal. In Heaven, of course. Onward Christian Soldiers. They need to put on (spiritual) armor to protect themselves from this crazy world and the devil who's running loose. Christians don't have to worry so much about flesh and blood people messing with them. It's institutions—like rulers and authorities—who can move society in a bad direction. In an evil direction. They need to put on armor so they can withstand the blows that are coming. Fasten the belt of truth and sport a breastplate of righteous. Put on shoes of peace and take a shield of faith with you. Slap on a helmet of salvation and swing the sword of the Spirit at the bad guys. He is in prison, after all. And that's the end. www.shmoop.com
Curtis Don Vito and Kelly Magee
Curtis Don Vito is a singer, songwriter, artist and front man for the independent rock band SNEW. Curtis is a visionary, psychic, and clairvoyant. Curtis has spent his entire life communicating with angels, guides and spirits from other dimensions. He is the only person I know who I can have a six hour conversation with and call him right back for more because it was so interesting! Curtis Don Vito will be sharing his experiences and insights into the power of the spiritual, and personal freedom verses Illuminati attempts at control from the highest levels. He is sharing with us his knowledge and theories on the New World Order with his SNEW band mate, Kelly Magee. Kelly Magee is a lifelong musician, former Golf Teaching Pro and most importantly a guy who threw away his television set for good in 2005. Kelly has been reading and studying about the world power matrix and their manipulations via alternative media a minimum of two hours a day since 2005. Together they will be discussing Illuminati, which means "enlightened ones" in Latin. It appears that the Illuminati’s main goal is to destroy national identities of countries, the Catholic Church, control others and eventually to establish the New World Order. We will be discussing this and more tonight! Contact: www.facebook.com/snewyou
Ephesians Chapter 5~More Things to Avoid
Really, just be a good person. Sex outside of marriage? Bad. Gossip? Bad. Greed? Bad. Anyone who does this bad stuff is most definitely not going to be part of God's kingdom. Sorry, sinners. Christians shouldn't believe the lies people (who aren't Paul) will try to feed them, too. It wasn't so long ago that these Gentile-Christians were hanging around in darkness without a clue about God. Now Jesus has turned on the light and they need to act like it. Don't fall asleep. And don't be stupid. Think before you do something God wouldn't like. Don't get drunk, either. Instead of chugging wine all day, try gulping down some Holy Spirit. It's so refreshing. And don't forget to sing! God's pretty into the whole praising-him-through-song thing. The Rules for Marriage Everyone should serve everyone else. That's the way that Jesus likes it. He's way in favor of helping others. Ladies, listen to your husbands. Obey them. Jesus is the head of the church and your husband is the head of your household. R-E-S-P-E-C-T, okay? But husbands—you've also gotta love your wives. Equality…? It totally makes sense because Jesus loves his church. He also died to save his church, so good luck living up to that standard, gents. Jesus was the one who made his church holy. That's the same kind of love husbands have to show to their wives. A man should love his lady like he loves himself. He should care for her like he cares for his own body. That's why, Paul says, a man leaves his family and makes a life with his wife. Those two people become joined together as one person. And that is why men should love their ladies and gals should respect their man. Hey, no one said this was a feminist manifesto.
Peter Robbins
Peter Robbins is an investigative writer, author and lecturer best known for his UFO related papers, columns, articles, editorials, commentaries, lectures and media appearances. He is a regular fixture on radio and has appeared as a guest on and been consultant to numerous television shows and documentaries. Robbins’ background is fairly nonstandard for his chosen field. He was born in New York City and studied art, design and theater at University of Bridgeport in Connecticut, receiving his BFA (painting, film history) from New York City’s School of Visual Arts. He taught painting at SVA in their Department of Continuing Education, was a member of the art faculties of St. Anns School in Brooklyn Heights and the Oklahoma Council on the Arts ‘Arts Encounters’ program. Peter joined the Norwegian Merchant Marine and for a time worked on a freighter as a common seaman. He was studio assistant to the world-famous abstract expressionist painter Adolph Gotlieb and to the American primitive painter William Cply. He was also assistant to pioneer kinetic light sculptor Stanley Landsman. Robbins also worked as a framing carpenter, interior demolition specialist, art gallery assistant, copy writer, editor, and House Manager for New York City’s distinguished Mirror Repertory Company. From 1988 until 1994 Peter was a crisis intervention volunteer for the Samaritans International. He has traveled in approximately thirty countries, is an experienced New York City tour guide, and an accomplished photographer. He is also co-author, along with Larry Warren, of the highly acclaimed British bestseller, Left at East Gate: A First-Hand Account of the Rendlesham Forest UFO Incident, Its Cover-Up and Investigation. In May 2014 he published Deception, An investigation and analysis of a serious disinformation operation in contemporary ufology. The book is available at no cost from the author.
One Rockin' Body~Ephesians Chapter 4
If Jesus loves his little followers, that means they should love each other. Christians have a special bond with each other because of Jesus. That means they need to be humble, gentle, patient, loving, and peaceful with each other. They're all united in one body because of Jesus. The church isn't just a group of random individuals. There's one Holy Spirit, one God, one way of believing in him, and one baptism. So act like it, says Paul. Christians may be one body, but they all have different and individual gifts. Some folks are apostles or prophets. Some are evangelists, pastors, or teachers. It's a mixed bag. But in the end, all these jobs have the same purpose: making the church stronger. Christians shouldn't act like kids who change their minds about everything every day. Believers need to act like adults. Like the parts of the body they are. If they do the right thing, the body will. But if they decide to stop contributing one day, the whole body will collapse. Followers of Jesus shouldn't live like non-believers. The Gentiles out there don't have a clue. A Christian doesn't live the same way everyone else does. If you believe in Jesus, you need to toss aside your old life and embrace your new one. The new life involves way less selfishness and way more holiness. That means you shouldn't lie. It's okay to be angry, but don't let it fester too long. Don't let the devil into your life. He's always looking for an opening. Don't steal. Instead, work hard so you have something to share with those who need it. Don't say mean and nasty things. Christians have been marked with the seal of the Holy Spirit. In short, just dump all the bitterness, wrath, anger, fighting, lies, and bad intentions and be excellent to each other. Oh, and don't forget to forgive each other. After al, God has forgiven you. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Brian Joseph Vinezeano
Brian Joseph Vinezeano is a musician from Chicago. He is the middle child of a large Roman Catholic family of 10 that lived in Rolling Meadows area, a small suburb of Illinois. They were rather poor and his dad worked 3 jobs to support his large family. Brian’s interest in music began at an early age and he started playing instruments at age 20 and his interest in playing music has remained with Brian throughout his life. He is currently playing with a band called High Alert. His cousin Chuck Panazzo is in the band Styx and had a great influence on Brian. Brian is also a contractor that does remodeling for a living. He has remodeled several properties that have had very odd occurrences with some very strange stories connected to them. He has experienced paranormal activity at several different locations. His interest in the paranormal and belief in the afterlife began more than 20 years ago. He was living with his ex-wife and they were fast asleep. He woke up when he felt something sit on the edge of the bed by their feet. He could see nothing but the indentation in the bed where they could plainly see that someone just sat down there. The next night it happened again and they decided it was time to move..."NOW". As they were packing to move something pushed down the button on a cassette player and music started to play on it’s own. We will be discussing this story and his other extraordinary experiences that were investigated by a paranormal team and broadcasted on a local cable network on the Paranormal CPR Show. For more information you can contact Brian Vinezeano at: https://m.facebook.com/highalertchicago/ or https://m.www.TylemanTyle/ or call direct at 708-446-8597.
Jailhouse Rock
Now Paul drops a little bombshell. He's in prison. Yup. He's been locked up because he's been spreading the good word about Jesus to all the Gentiles…and some folks are not happy about it. See, there's a mystery afoot. Don't call Sherlock Holmes quite yet, though. It's not that kind of mystery. It's something the world didn't know about God. He is sort of mysterious. But Paul has cracked the case. He now knows that God always intended to bring the Gentiles into the fold. Good sleuthing. How does Paul know this? God told him. Even though Paul was the lowliest of all the saints (and the most modest!) God entrusted him with the special mission of bringing Jesus to the Gentiles. So, really, don't be too bummed that Paul's in prison, he says. It's all worth it because he's doing it in service to the Big Guy. He Says a Little Prayer for You. On top of all this, Paul says a prayer for the Ephesians. He hopes that God will strengthen them and that Jesus will be in their hearts every day. Christians should be like plants with roots made of love. (Yep, love is a pretty big thing for Paul.) That's because Jesus is so super loving. In fact, he loves them so much there's no way to really measure it. His love is longer and higher and deeper than anyone can even imagine.
Patty Greer
Surely one of the greatest wonders of the world, Crop Circles have mystified people for centuries! Acres of grain are seamlessly swirled down into precise pictograms, codes and mathematics. Many are seen as messages and have been deciphered as distant star maps, sacred geometries, political warnings, advanced propulsion technologies, and even free energy schematics. People always look up to the sky for answers about spaceships and ET communications. What if the signs are already here on earth in plain sight all around us - in Crop Circles? Award winning UFO filmmaker Patty Greer suggests this is true and has become a leading edge public speaker on the Crop Circle phenomenon. She visited more than 100 UK Crop Circles personally, and laid down in the center of most of them. The greatest discovery yet in Greer’s research has been the footage and explanation of how Balls of Light and Plasma Fields are an integral part of the Crop Circle delivery process. Greer received a standing ovation at the 2014 International UFO Congress Convention for her presentation on Crop Circles. She screened all 6 of her movies at this prominent UFO event, winning 3 EBE Awards for best film (2), and best music. PBS affiliate CPT12 TV has proudly screened 2 films by Patty Greer. Greer introduces inventors of 3-D printers, free energy devices, and movers and shakers of the new energy movements such as Sacha Stone (New Earth Nation) and Foster Gamble (Thrive Movement). Greer connects Crop Circle messages to advanced technology schematics that offer solutions to help save the planet. Stimulating and illuminating, this movie will make you think out loud - And that is exactly what's needed today! Patty Greer has 2 new films in production now: one about Wise Women and one about telepathic communications with the Circlemakers. Enjoy the movies at ~ www.PattyGreer.net
Ephesians Chapter 2~Once Dead to God, Now Alive
Okay, so these Christians are good now, but it wasn't so long ago that they were living pretty sin-filled lives. As far as anyone knew, they were dead to God because they didn't know about him or his laws or promises. Basically, these folks just followed everyone else in the world and did whatever it was they wanted. They ate what they wanted. They had sex with who they wanted. And they didn't even feel guilty about it the next morning. Okay, so they were dead to God, but he's apparently a forgiving guy, because he went and made them come to life again. It's a miracle! By sin they had died (metaphorically), but through Jesus they started living again. Now these believers have risen up to hang with Jesus. He does have that pretty sweet seat up there in Heaven. God saved them. These Christians didn't "earn" salvation by being good people or something, it is a gift. They also didn't know anything about all the promises that God made to his people way back in the Hebrew Bible. Gentiles weren't part of that stuff, so they clearly weren't going to be saved. But now, because Jesus lived and died. There aren't two groups anymore—Gentiles and Jews. There's just one group. Everyone believes in Jesus, so everyone gets to benefit from God's promises. Back in the Hebrew Bible, God also gave his people all kinds of laws to follow. Gentiles aren't on the outside looking in anymore. They're citizens of Heaven. They've got the keys to God's house. And this is the house that Jesus built…along with some help from the apostles and prophets. Sure, Jesus is the most important brick in the wall, but all believers—whether they're Gentiles or Jews—are there too. Thanks to www.shmoop.co
John Draper
John Draper was born and raised in Seattle. He attended the University of Washington and earned a bachelor's degree in editorial journalism and went to work in newspapers north of Seattle. Draper had known he wanted to be an author since he was 9, but life got in the way. College. Mental Illness. Divorce. Raising his kids. Finally, when his kids went off to college, Draper had the time to devote to writing his novel. He began reading everything he could about Mormonism and began iniviting in the Mormon missionaries who would knock on his door. He also attended a local Mormon church "under cover." He decided to write a book about a Mormon missionary who goes insane on his mission—schizophrenia. He started the novel six years ago with the intent of skewering Mormonism through it. In fact, he says he felt led by God to write the book. The book does skewer religious certainty, but in the process of writing it, Draper's religious certainty suffered a protracted, though not entirely unpleasant, death. Draper still believes that God exists but denies the possiblity of having a relationship with God or being "empowered" by God. Religion, he says, is a human construct. "A Danger to God Himself is a crazy, mind-blowing, dialectical journey
in search of ultimate truth that ends with the discovery of love". Draper's book, A Danger to God Himself, is available in ebook and paperback on Amazon. He can be reached at hoju1959@gmail.com
Hi, My Name is Paul
Paul here, writing to some folks in the Christian church in Ephesus (which was part of modern-day Turkey). What up, y'all? So what should we talk about? Butterflies? Trees? Nope. Let's talk about God.The Almighty is pretty awesome, says Paul. For starters, he gave the world Jesus. He also handpicked Christians to be faithful followers of J.C. and adopted them as his kids. God also passed on his grace and goodness. And because Jesus died, God opened the door for everyone in the world to be redeemed and forgiven for all kinds of bad stuff. The Big Guy has also let Christians in on all kinds of cool divine secrets. Jesus is the key to most of them. But he's also got some pretty nifty ideas for the future (spoiler alert: it's going to involve some sweet rewards). And just who will reap these rewards? Why, the followers of Jesus, of course. They were the first ones to hear Jesus' message and believe in the truth. Nice job, early Christians. Okay, God is totally great, right? But the folks in Ephesus are pretty neat, too. Paul's heard about all the amazing things they've done, and he hasn't stopped thanking God for putting such nice folks on Earth since. Not even for one second. Not even to take a quick pee. Yup. Paul's dedicated like that.Paul's also been praying that the Christians in Ephesus keep expanding their horizons and getting to know God a little better every day. After all, God raised Jesus from the dead and then set all kinds of amazing things in motion. Right now, Jesus is hanging up in Heaven with God and sitting at God's right hand (hmm… wonder what's wrong with the left-hand chair?). He also gets to rule over everyone and everything. Don't worry, though. Jesus would never let all that power go to his head.
Merry Christmas 2015!
Tonight is a special night to just remember what Christams is about! It's Christmas Night on The Paranormal and The Sacred. We will be discussing Christmas Stories from around the world. Let's remember the magic of Christmas and spend a little time with us as we review the year past and welcome in the new! The call in number tonight is 619-924-9744. A special thank you for all my friends and listeners from around the world who support this show. I love you all very much and I am thinking of you as the night closes. Enjoy your Christmas! With your host, Char McCain
Galatians Chapter 6-Slaves No More
What's the gist of all this? Don't be slaves to the law. You've been given your freedom, so take it and run with it, Galatians! Paul tells them if they go ahead and get circumcised, things are not gonna work out well. Besides the fact that it's gonna hurt a ton, if they get snipped, they'll be forced to obey all the other 612 Jewish laws on the books. Good luck with that, guys. Also, they'll be cutting themselves off from God's grace since they'll be trying to find a relationship with God through the law. That path is a dead end. Literally. But if they want to follow Christ, they should just do that. No law-abiding required. The only thing that matters is having faith. Come on, Galatians! You guys were doing good until someone pushed you off the straight and narrow. God will see to that. Paul is pretty angry by this point and says that he wishes "those who unsettle you would castrate themselves!" Watch the potty mouth, Paul. Paul hopes that the Galatians will stay on the path to freedom, but this doesn't mean they can do anything they want. In fact, true freedom comes in following God's will. If they truly love God, they'll devote their lives to loving each other. Hugs all around. Paul reminds them to keep their focus on spiritual things instead of material things. In other words, no Rolexes. This also means no "fornication, impurity, licentiousness, idolatry, sorcery, enmities, strife, jealousy, anger, quarrels, dissensions, factions, envy, drunkenness, carousing, and things like these." On the other hand, a person who lives in the Spirit will be loving, joyful, peaceful, patient, kind, generous, faithful, gentle, and in control of themselves. If a person truly lives in Christ, they'll follow the Spirit's lead and do all these good things. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Joni Mayhan
Joni Mayhan is a paranormal investigator and the author of 14 books that revolve around the paranormal world. She lives in Central Massachusetts and also teaches a weekly Paranormal 101 class in the town of Gardner, Massachusetts. For more information about her, please visit her website Jonimayhan.com
From Joni, "I’m the mother of two now-grown children, Laura and Trevor. I live in Central Massachusetts with a house full of fur babies who keep me company and continually vie for my attention. I’m also a paranormal investigator, spending my free time in dark places with my friends, and I teach a weekly Paranormal 101 class in nearby Gardner. My biggest dream is to see Lightning Strikes on the big screen, a goal I’m currently working on with an agent. One thing is for certain though: I’ll never stop writing. My new book, Dark and Scary Things, is now available. This book is an accumulation of my paranormal experiences, along with the research I’ve done on various paranormal subjects. While it is dark and chilling, it is also a resource for anyone who dabbles in the paranormal world".
So Long, Farewell Galatians! Paul starts to wrap up his charming and happy little letter with some shout-outs.Euodia and Syntyche: you ladies need to start getting along. Paul's kind of big into that. He asks someone else (who's not named) to step in and help mend fences here if need be. Paul also doesn't want the Philippians to worry. Instead, they should be happy and joyful when they think of God. He'll put them at peace no matter what's going on. In fact, they should think of good things—that'll help them keep those peaceful, easy feelings coming.Oh, and Paul forgot to mention: thanks for the gift, guys!Seriously, Paul totally appreciates it. He's learned to go without in situations like this, but he's so touched that they thought of him and sent him some goodies in prison. Hey, everyone loves a care package. Really, the Philippians have always been like this. No other church has helped Paul out as much as them. Even when he was in Thessalonica, they supported him on more than one occasion. Sorry, other churches, but these guys in Philippi are the bomb.Peace, love, and lots of greetings to everyone there! Paul out. thanks to www.shmoop.com
David H. Lowery
The Paranormal Highwayman He's a loner, preferring to meet ghosts head-on, experimenting with ways of strengthening them and seeking out the places they hide. David H. Lowery, a.k.a “The Paranormal Highwayman” has developed a life-long interest in the paranormal into a passion that takes him to the four corners of our great country and beyond. Forever seeking the holy grail of paranormal researchers: indisputable proof of existence. His methods and equipment are cutting-edge in a rapidly changing field of research and investigation. Numerous popular television shows have fostered an explosion of interest in ghosts and many people are taking digital cameras, digital voice recorders and flashlights in hand to hunt spirits in all manner of places. When not pursuing spirits, David speaks to all kinds of groups and events, sharing his frightening experiences and teaching how ghosts are not the occult or fantasies, but are just energy and science. He explains theory and equipment used. Investigating alone, David explains how he copes with the natural human emotion of fear and uses it to an advantage. He also tells of his special transportation, a highly modified motor home that he affectionately calls “Blackbird.,” a fully self-contained rolling paranormal laboratory with all the comforts of home. David has just this past summer taken on a new role as the volunteer in residence and paranormal investigation host of the infamous and very haunted Ashmore Estates in east central Illinois. He, like many others are drawn to this mysterious place with a long history of death and spirit activity. “The road will have to wait for awhile, this is more important at this moment in time” he explains, knowing that the spirits, cryptids and UFO's of America will be there when he is back on the hunt, and back on the Highways.
Paul Fought the Law
Paul is getting madder by the minute. He calls the Galatians "foolish" and starts in on a rhetorical tantrum. Haven't these guys seen that Jesus has been crucified? How do they think they got the Holy Spirit? Did they painstakingly read and follow the Torah or did they accept the truth of the gospel that Paul told them about? (Hint: it's the gospel.) The Galatians started out as people in the Spirit, but now they're worried about their physical bodies. This makes no sense. Why would God pour his Spirit on them in the first place just to have them go back and start following the law? In Genisis, Abraham simply put his faith in God. God was cool with that and promised that everyone who believed in him would be blessed. This was way before the law, so obviously this proves that people don't need the law to get on God's good side. Basically, Paul is saying that the law is like a curse hanging over our heads. When Jesus died, he took that curse away. Now, we can just live for God and not worry about what we eat or if we're sacrificing a lamb the right way. It's kind of like when someone finalizes their will. That means it's set in stone and can't be changed. Same thing goes for God. God promised that Abraham's offspring would be cool with him if they had faith. The law came way after this: 430 years later to be exact. And the law can't change God's initial promise. And the Law Lost. Okay, so then what is the point of the law? Seriously, those Torah books are thick. Was God just wasting our time with all those laws about sacrificing goats and stuff? Here's Paul's answer: No, the law was kind of a placeholder until Jesus could come. And now he's here, so bacon bars for everyone! -Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Terry Johnson Weber
Terry was a pediatric nurse for twenty years and then a parish nurse for five years. She transitioned into churchwork and spent the last eleven years as a church office worker. She has written two books: A Healthy Church Office and Tug of War: Trusting God through the Unexplained. She has had numerous encounters with the paranormal and supernatural throughout her life. Tug of War shares about 35 of those stories. (Ghosts, demons, angels, and precognitive dreams.) Terry has many interesting stories to tell! In Tug of War: Trusting God through the Unexplained she shares experiences with the paranormal and supernatural. In the Monroe Ghost (After Dark: A Collection of Haunting Tales) she shares the tale of a haunted house from her childhood. Terry has learned to cling to God through all of the unexplained events in her life. In addition, she writes devotions for Hope - Full Living for Seniors (Creative Communications for the Parish). She is married, has three grown sons and three small grandchildren. She lives with her husband Don and their yellow Labrador Roxy in Williamsburg, Virginia. She retired two years ago and spends her time writing, reading and crafting.
More Adventures in Jerusalem
Paul keeps going with the backstory stuff. Fourteen years after he first visited the church in Jerusalem, God tells him to head back there again. This time he takes his pals, Barnabas and Titus, with him. Gotta have the entourage. Basically, Paul is coming to get their support for his mission to the Gentiles. He's been all around the eastern half of the Roman Empire telling everyone that Gentile converts don't need to follow every single Jewish law. Maybe one or two, but not all 613 for sure. It's important to note that Paul doesn't want their approval. He already knows his message is a-okay by God. He just needs to know they won't interfere with the work he's trying to do. The leaders in Jerusalem are pretty much on board. No one says anything about Titus—who's Greek and not circumcised—so things are going pretty smoothly. So as long as Titus keeps it in his pants, things are gonna be fine. That is, until some naysayers sneak into the mix. But Paul stays strong and eventually the leaders of the church—including James, Cephas, and John—side with him. They recognize all the grace that God has given him as the apostle to the Gentiles and send Paul on his way. Now he and Barnabas are in charge of spreading God's word to the Gentiles. The folks in Jerusalem will work on getting the Jews on board. Look, Paul might be a Jew by birth, but he knows that simply obeying Jewish law can never make a person right with God. Only having faith in Jesus can do that. If a Christian is faithful, but he still has foreskin and enjoys a ham sandwich every once in a while, well, God still thinks he's aces. After all, God sent Jesus to earth to die. If the law alone could make us besties with God, then what the heck did Jesus go through that whole crucifixion thing for?
JON WILLIAM LOPEZ
Jon William Lopez is a student of New Thought spirituality, metaphysics, and a professional licensed spiritual counselor and prayer practitioner with the Centers for Spiritual Living. A cartoon animator, illustrator and professional photographer, his career spans over 40 years, during which he worked at Disney Feature Animation, Dreamworks SKG, Turner Feature Animation, Film Roman (for 3 seasons of “The Simpsons”) and dozens of other studios and production houses. He has exhibited and sold his photography in New Mexico where he and his partner co-owned an art gallery, Morning Calm Gallery. He was born and raised in Puerto Rico and has also lived in Michigan, Brazil, New York, Texas, Georgia and New Mexico. He and his partner also taught English for a year in South Korea. Always interested in metaphysics, Lopez was introduced to New Thought ideas in the mid-1980s and has since had direct personal experience with the spiritual principles that beliefs, thoughts and words create reality, and that there is one Universal Mind and Intelligence of which we are a part and can use in our daily life. Using these principles, Jon has, along with attracting his life partner (now his spouse), manifested his dream job, increased financial prosperity. He is author of a book, “Perfect Praying: 5 Simple Steps That Make Prayers Work.” Though not raised in any formal religion, Jon has always had a keen interest in and fascination for metaphysics, spirituality, the paranormal and UFOs. In the 1980s, while living in Brooklyn, NY, he had a lucid, out-of-body experience involving UFOs, so vivid and real, he remembers it as though it happened yesterday. His favorite movie of all time is “Close Encounters of the Third Kind”, which he has seen more times than he will ever disclose. He and his spouse now live in retired bliss in Tucson, Az, where he continues his photography and spiritual practice.
Hello, My Name Is Paul
Greetings from Paul! He's an apostle sent by God, and he's totally ready to rock this whole disciple of Christ thing. This time he's writing to the churches in Galatia, but he's not too thrilled with what's been going on there. Oh, do tell, Paul. Well, it seems some of the Galatians have been turning their backs on God and putting their faith in a twisted version of the gospel. Say it ain't so, Galatians! Let Paul be clear: there's only one gospel. It's the one Paul told them about. Just because someone comes along and starts spouting off all kinds of random ideas about Jesus, that doesn't make them true. Even an angel from Heaven who teaches them the wrong things about Jesus is gonna get a smackdown from God. This goes double for any humans trying to pervert God's message about Jesus. Seriously, naysayers, God is not amused. Look guys, Paul's not trying to win any popularity contests here. He's just doing what the Big Guy told him. After all, Paul didn't get his info from just anywhere—he got it from Jesus Christ himself. Paul is pretty sure the Galatians know about his past. But he's gonna tell them again anyhow. Just once more for good measure. Back in the day, Paul was a super devout Jew who persecuted Christians on the side. Uh-huh. He's was über pious and totally loved Jewish law—even more than most other Jews—but when God sent him a vision of Jesus, everything changed. He started preaching the good news about Jesus right away. He didn't high tail it to Jerusalem to meet with Jesus's disciples there. He went out on his own and spread the good word. Paul's a rebel like that. Three years after his conversion, he did take a quick trip to Jerusalem, but he only met with Cephas (a.k.a. Simon Peter, Jesus's right-hand man from all the gospels) and James (Jesus's brother).
Featured Host Char McCain, a Forensics Counselor, Psychic, Writer, Artist, Christian Mystic and UFO Experiencer~interviews guests who are experts on all aspects of the paranormal and the sacred. The Paranormal and The Sacred has been featured on Blog Talk Radio as Staff Pick!
BACK by popular demand! TONIGHT come and get your cards read, join us in a conversation about our paranormal experiences! Free, no strings but heart strings as we have some pre-Thanksgiving fun extravaganza! The call in number is 619-924-9744.
Follow us on Facebook! https://www.facebook.com/theparanormalandthesacred/?fref=ts
II Corinthians 13~Closing Time, Our last chapter in Corinthians Paul isn't going to deal lightly with these sinners when he comes to town.He's also ready to argue in favor of himself when he gets there. Just in case there's anyone out there who's looking for more proof of his apostolic résumé.All the Corinthians have to do is think about their own faith. If they really believe in Jesus—if they've truly accepted him into their lives—they'll know that Paul is for real.Look, the reason that Paul put all this harshness down in a letter is so that he won't have to break this all out when he arrives in person. He wants to clear the air before he comes.He's hoping that the Corinthians will get his letter, see the error of their ways, and fix the problem.Paul closes his letter with some short little wishes for peace and with the hope that they can patch things up again. For old time's sake. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Cris D. Putnam (I'm sorry folks. Our guest was unable to make it tonight. Please consider listening to his one past shows or one of our other shows, thank you.)
In addition to his scholarly work in apologetic theology, Cris D. Putnam is a bestselling co-author of recent books with co-author Thomas Horn: Petrus Romanus, Exo-Vaticana , and On the Path of the Immortals as well as being a contributor to the compilation Pandemonium's Engine: the Rise of Transhumanism and Blood on the Altar: the coming war of Christian vs, Christian. His latest book is The Supernatural Worldview with an introduction written by Chuck Missler. He holds a Master’s degree in Theological Studies, a Bachelor of Science degree in religion and mathematics as well as a certification in Christian apologetics. He is a lifetime member of the Koinonia Institute a multidenominational Christian think tank. Cris is recognized for his expertise in the area of biblical prophecy and other prophetic traditions. He will be in soon to be released in October 2015, Inhuman: the Transhuman Agenda. Cris and Tom Horn are currently publishing a book connecting Freemasonry, Russia, Islam, and the Roman Catholic Church to the New World
Corinthians 2 Corinthians: Chapter 12 Summary
He Had a Vision of Heaven. But wait! You want more, Corinthians? You got it. Let's talk visions. Paul's had those, too. One time, about fourteen years ago, Paul was "caught up to the third heaven." Yeah, that's right. Paul's had a vision that he was transported to Paradise. Boo-ya. He saw all kinds of things. Things he can't even tell people about (God is pretty secretive about what's going on in Heaven). Every Paul Has His Thorn. Look, Paul hates all this bragging. After he had this amazing vision of Heaven, Paul had some medical problems. He says, "a thorn was given to me in the flesh." That doesn't sound good. Whatever happened (it seems like some kind of illness), Paul prayed three times for the misery to just end already. Finally, God told him to knock it off: "My grace is sufficient for you, for power is made perfect in weakness." When Paul comes for his third visit to Corinth, their money is still no good to him. After all, parents support their children, not the other way around. Paul is one proud papa. So even though Paul swears up and down that hasn't taken any money from them, there's still some suspicion around that he's somehow trying to scam the Corinthians. There are rumors floating around that Paul may be keeping a little bit of the money from the collection in Jerusalem for himself. Paul mentions Titus and the other guy he sent (remember them from chapter 9?) to defend himself. None of them have been dishonest at all. The Rumor Mill at Work. Look, everything Paul says is for their own good. He's heard rumors about all kinds of bad stuff: fights, jealousy, anger, selfishness, gossip, arrogance, sexual immorality. Things sound pretty juicy in Corinth. Paul is not looking forward to the heartache.
Featured Host Char McCain, a Forensics Counselor, Psychic, Writer, Artist, Christian Mystic and UFO Experiencer~interviews guests who are experts on all aspects of the paranormal and the sacred. The Paranormal and The Sacred has been featured on Blog Talk Radio as Staff Pick!
TONIGHT come and get your cards read, join us in a conversation about our paranormal experiences! Free, no strings but heart strings as we have some after Halloween fun extravaganza! The call in number is 619-924-9744.
Follow us on Facebook! https://www.facebook.com/theparanormalandthesacred/?fref=ts
The Corinthians & Paul have Issues.
Paul thinks he's pretty great when compared to the "super-apostles" (ah, sarcasm! Good one, Paul!). He may not be a fancy public speaker like these guys, but Paul knows his stuff. After all, he learned it from God. Apparently, some of these false apostles have been circulating rumors that if Paul were a real apostle, he would accept a salary from the Corinthians. Instead, Paul continues to work as a craftsman (he was a tent-maker) and accepts support from other Christians, but not Corinth. What gives? Paul tells them it's not because he doesn't love them. It's because he does—so much! But yeah, when Paul came to visit, he didn't take money from them for his personal support. He didn't want to be a burden. He just brought them the good news of Christ Jesus free of charge. Is that a problem, Corinthians? Paul accuses the false apostles of being in league with Satan. Does all this bragging make Paul seem a little foolish? Well then fine. Paul is cool with that… even though he knows how ridiculous this all sounds. Besides, the Corinthians love fools. They listen to them talk all day… and even get convinced by some of their stupid arguments. We're looking at you, false apostles. If these guys want to have a brag-off, then let's go. Are these guys Jewish? Well, Paul is, too! Are they serving Jesus? Paul has the far more impressive credentials. Five times he was whipped with 39 lashes. Three times he was beaten with rods. More ouch. Once he was stoned. Three times he was shipwrecked. He was lost at sea for a day. He is constantly in danger wherever he goes. Wow, people do not like Paul. See, unlike the false apostles, Paul doesn't brag about all the amazing things he can do or the fancy speeches he gives.
Edwin F. Becker
Edwin F. Becker had the distinction of owning a haunted building in Chicago that became the subject of the first televised paranormal event in 1970 by NBC. Before The Exorcist, or Amityville, there was "True Haunting!" He never sought recognition until his daughter published his recollection in 2011. The book, True Haunting became an instant best seller holding #1 on Amazon U.S., for a year in parapsychology, and for 6 months in the United Kingdom, breaking his publisher's e-book record and topping the sales of their 96,000 book catalog. He appeared on SYFY's, Paranormal Witness in the season two record breaking finale, 'The Tenants." Though he does not do book signings or public appearances, Edwin has done radio for CBS, FOX, WGN and NBC plus a multitude of internet programs as a guest, co-host and host. He has two daughters and four granddaughters and continues to write, and recently releasing True Haunting 2, which zoomed to parapsychology popularity immediately. He offers as much assistance to people with Paranormal problems as he can and is well aware of dangers within the world of paranormal. He advises, if you want to connect with something, connect with God and speak with him. He enjoys communicating with his listeners or readers and will answer any and all correspondence. On his website he has produced some webisodes that are also on Youtube and are intended to be educational. Visit at www.EdwinBecker.com
A little historical footnote before we start this chapter: Scholars think that 2 Corinthians is actually made up of two letters. The first one was chapters 1-9. The second one begins here. You'll probably notice the weird tone shift. Just a sentence ago, Paul was praising the Corinthians for their generosity and asking them for money, and now he's reaming them out. No one is going to empty their pocketbooks after this stuff. You Wouldn't Like Paul When He's Angry. Paul begins by saying he's writing to them in "the meekness and gentleness of Christ," and then he goes on to freak out. It seems people have been saying Paul is actually more impressive in letter than in person. Hey, all we have is letters to go on, but that might be true. But Paul wants to make it clear that he's not afraid to confront these naysayers when he sees them. Paul is a man of action, not just beautifully written words. We're at war here. And Paul is going to take it to the enemy. Let's get ready to rumble. Tried-and-True Apostle Paul reminds the Corinthians that if they're really devoted to Christ, they'll see that he is, too. Not like these other jerks hanging around Corinth. It seems there's a group of so-called apostles who don't like Paul much. Don't think the people in Corinth should actually be listening to him. But Paul tells them that he's not going to brag about himself like they do. Maybe they're all talking up their holiness or how they all had fancy religious experiences. Paul's not gonna go there. He reminds the Corinthians that he was the one who founded their church. Him. Paul. Now these punks have come in and tread on his work. Why? Can't they get their own flock. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Pete Elmore was born in Kinston, North Carolina in 1962. He graduated from North Carolina State University in 1985 with a degree in Political Science. Pete made ends meet in college by writing for the school newspaper, the Technician. He has written several screenplays and three books which include “The Flaming Dragon,” 11 Easy Ways to determine if you live in a Haunted House” and “Reflections of an Alien Abduction Investigator.” Pete is a former MUFON State Section Director for Los Angeles and has investigated over 450 UFO and Alien Abduction reports. He currently serves on the Board of Advisors for the Close Encounters Research Organization.
Barbara Elmore was born Barbara Cotton in Jacksonville, North Carolina in 1964. She attended North Carolina State University where she majored in English. Barbara has always been interested in the paranormal and has had many experiences of her own. She co-authored “The Flaming Dragon” which is being developed as a TV series at Fleur de Lis studios. Barbara is currently writing a book about her childhood titled “Tomboy Tales.” She also serves on the Board of Advisors for CERO.
Pete and Barbara met at N.C. State University in 1982 and it was if they had known each other all of their lives. They became best friends quickly and were married in 1986. They have three children, Ryan, Jason and Sean. They live in Santa Clarita, California.
II Corinthians Chapter 8, More Money Concerns.
It's still pledge drive week in 2 Corinthians. Paul continues to talk about money while the Corinthians consider listening to another station for a chapter or two.
Paul tells the Corinthians that he's been talking them up to the church in Macedonia. He's already told everyone how faithful they are and that they're ready to give with open hearts and open wallets. Right, everyone?
But, just in case… he's sending Titus and the other two guys ahead. He wants to make sure the Corinthians are ready to give and aren't in a stingy mood.
If Paul arrived in Corinth with the Macedonians and it turned out the Corinthians didn't greet them with open wallets, Paul "would be humiliated."
So Paul has asked these three gents to go ahead and make sure that Corinth will have their generous gift ready—just like they promised they would. Hey, you did promise.
He'd also like the gift to be voluntary. It's not like he's trying to extort them or something. No, not at all.
Basically, Paul's whole point is this: if you give, you get. It's as simple as that.
But people have to make up their own minds. He can't force them. Then they'd be grumpy. And remember, "God loves a cheerful giver."
Trust Paul. God is going to provide for those who provide for others.
Plus, a commitment to share with other Christians also shows their love for Christ and their devotion to the gospel. Paul believes we're all in this together. Sharing is caring.
Steve Hudgeons Jr.
Director of Investigations
Born January 21, 1950 in Fort Worth, Texas. Graduated 1968 at Diamond Hill Jarvis. Joined the US Navy 1969 and has 4 ½ years of honorable service and 3 ½ years of honorable service in the US Navy Reserve. Steve joined MUFON in 1991 and has conducted independent investigations on UFOs for the past 20 years. During this time, he has investigated over 200 cases for MUFON. In 1995 Steve was appointed as Texas Chief Investigator. He was part of the original Star Team conducting Star Team investigations in Texas. In 2008 he lead a group of Field Investigators to Stephenville / Dublin, Texas to investigate what is now known as “The Stephenville Lights.” In 2009 he became the MUFON State Director of Texas until 2012. Steve has 20 years of community service with many volunteer organizations, such as, Little League, Neighborhood Council, Community Policing with the Fort Worth Police Department, C.O.P Search Team, C.O.P. Base Radio Operator. Steve is an Estimator, Draftsman, OSHA Outreach Trainer, and Safety Director for a multi-million dollar construction company. He is also is owner of Infinity Industries, and owner / host of The Texas UFO Radio Show. Steve is currently the MUFON Director of Investigations and is the MUFON Radio Network Administrator.
It's Money Time!
Now Paul comes to the important part—asking for money. It's usually best to leave that until you've sufficiently praised your audience. Nice work, Paul.
Though he mentioned it before in 1 Corinthians, Paul is still after the people of Corinth to open their pocketbooks for the fund he is taking up for Christians in Jerusalem. Way to dodge the collection basket, Corinthians. Paul praises the Christians in Macedonia. It seems even though they don't have a ton of money, they gave very generously to the collection. Hint, hint, Corinth. Now, Paul has asked Titus to return to Corinth to collect some cash. Paul lays it on thick here. The Corinthians are great at everything: they're faithful, they speak well, they're knowledgeable, eager, and loving. Now they just have to add "generous" to that list. Just think of Jesus. In reality, he was rich, but he gave up everything and became poor so that the whole world could become rich. Nice guy, huh?
But Paul's not telling the Corinthians that they should give up everything. Nope. Just that they should give what they can. If there's money they can spare (and he knows there is) they should give it. Right now, the Corinthians have a surplus of money. Other Christians need that money. Paul just wants there to be a "fair balance." Oh, Paul favors redistribution of wealth, apparently. So expect Titus, Corinthians. Along with two other Christian guys (who Paul doesn't name). One of these guys has been appointed by various churches to act as a kind of overseer for the fund. That's just in case you were wondering if Paul's skimming a little off the top for himself. He's not. So welcome them all. And please, give generously! Thanks to www.shmoop.co
Cynthia Cavalli
Cynthia Cavalli is many things: a shamanic dream and synchronicity coach, corporate systems wizard, complexity consultant, and visionary life strategist. Her background includes an eclectic blend of education and experience, with a doctorate in organizational psychology, three decades as an aerospace engineer, an MBA with coursework at Cambridge, and certification as a Shamanic dream teacher. Born in South India, her expertise draws from diverse cultures around the world. She is equally at home providing leadership coaching to corporate executives, offering systems and complexity workshops to groups, or guiding individuals through the uncertain passages of life using dreams, synchronicity, stories, and mythology. She is a gentle, wise soul dedicated to global transformation through personal inner work, and a marriage of objective science and intuitive healing practices. Her website is: www.cynthiacavalliconsulting.com
Corinthians 2 Corinthians: Chapter 7 Summary
Let's Stay Together Paul knows that the Corinthians and he are going to make things right again.He asks them to open up their hearts to him and his friends.He also throws in a little fatherly love: "I often boast about you; I have great pride in you." Paul, you're making the Corinthians blush. The Tearful Letter Now, Paul starts to reminiscence about the previous letter he sent to the Corinthians. The one he cried while writing. What can we say?He's a sensitive man.Paul tells them that when he and Timothy went to Macedonia to see Titus and get the news about how people reacted to the letter in Corinth, they were really nervous. Would the Corinthians be angry? Would they reject him? Or would they finally do something about that naughty Offending Brother who caused all this mess in the first place?But when Titus told them that things were going better in Corinth—that they liked Paul, they really liked him!—he was thrilled.Paul tells them that he's sorry that his letter hurt them… but not really. Yes, he's sorry the letter made them upset, but it also got them to act, and that's what's most important, right?See, they felt the good kind of upset. The kind that makes a person want to stop being so stubborn and just agree with Paul already.You know. That kind.But Paul didn't write to them before just to call out the Offending Brother. Nope.He wrote to the Corinthians so that they could all patch things up between them. And they did. Paul tells them that Titus was super happy when he saw how obedient the Corinthians were to Paul. This is why he brags about Corinth all the time. Nice job, guys. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
David Harvey is an independent paranormal researcher with extensive experience on residential cases and historic sites. David is the former historian and researcher for The Pasadena Paranormal Research Society, and the co-producer, co-host, and music director for Altered States Paranormal Radio Podcast http://aspararadio.wordpress.com/. David is also a member of The Paranormal Consultation Network:
http://paranormalconsultationnetwork.wordpress.com/ David gives numerous lectures and radio interviews on the topic of the Paranormal and was the instructor in Fall 2012 for “Things Shouldn't Go Bump in the Night: Paranormal Investigations in Museums and Historic Sites” for Museum Classes Online (http://museumclasses.org/). David has over 30 years experience in the museum and cultural preservation fields. He has been a museum blacksmith, an archaeologist, and historian. His long current career as a professional museum, art, artifact, architecture, monuments, and sculpture conservator and museum consultant with projects ranging from private collectors to major museums, city / state/ federal agencies, and a close encounter with the first artifacts that were raised from the RMS Titanic. David has been interviewed by NPR, “All Things Considered” and his historical research was featured on a national PBS Show.
Corinthians 2 Corinthians: Chapter 6 Summary
Don't Feed the Trolls Paul goes on to talk more his excellent apostolic resume.Unlike the false apostles in Corinth, Paul doesn't think grandiose displays of religiousness mean anything. He actually thinks the opposite is true. The worse off you have it, the more you're in with God. Okay, just hear him out…Paul doesn't claim to have done anything miraculous or magnificent or amazing. Instead, he talks up all the hardships he's gone through. This guy has suffered. He's been thrown in prison, beaten, starved, gone without sleep, and whole bunch of other bad stuff. But everything he's done, he's done to bring the truth about God to the world.That, in Paul's opinion, is true devotion to God. Paul doesn't just get the perks that go with the job—he's also doing some pretty heavy lifting. He does have a point.Paul's laid it all on the line here.Now, he just has one piece of advice for the Corinthians: patch things up with your apostle, guys. Um, that would be Paul.The Corinthians shouldn't lump themselves in with these false apostles, who Paul calls "unbelievers." Harsh, Paul.Christians are all holy and awesome and devoted to God. But these false apostles are bottom feeders. Don't believe the hype.
Thom Reed is a South Beach fashion photographer, and the founder of MIAMI MODELS, w/clients: Polo Black Label, Tommy Hilfiger, and Ralph Lauren. The historic off-world / UFO case of the Reed Family, was assigned a Vallee classification of "CE4" (close encounter of the 4th kind), with a Case Category of 3 (physical evidence).
Thom will make public the details of the families UFO/Off-world Encounters. He will detail how and why their case became the 1st encounter officially inducted by a Massachusetts Township and Historical Society.
The incidents’ involving the Reed’s made local news on WSBS Radio in the 1960’s. The incident and/or Disk shaped craft that was seen descending over the Reed farm in 1969, was issued a HYNEK classification; during the final months of Project Blue Book. Attorney Robert Bletchman, now the Reeds legally retained Attorney would mention their 1960’s encounters in support of 33/426, at the United Nations. Bletchman working in conjunction with Mohammad Ramadan, the President of the Parapsychology Society at the United Nations organized a symposium on the UFO subject in 1992. Thom’s father, Attorney Howard Reed would lose his life under questionable circumstances, on that same day. Detective Steve White an officer with over 30 years of law enforcement experience, investigated the Reed case. White did document radioactive hot spots and magnetic anomalies associated with one of the encounters. Officer White would report, “Authentic encounter with an unknown powerful force”. Thom passed his first and only Polygraph test with a score of 99.1%. The test was administered by a veteran police officer at the Department of Defense, Polygraph Institute. It should be noted that this family of professionals have a City Proclamation in their honor, and a commemorative bench in the City Green. BOSTON GLOBE Feb. 23rd 2015. www.tomreed.info reedufo@gmail.com
Welcome! We are reading II Corinthians Chapter 5.
Here's a nice thought: if the tent we live in was suddenly destroyed (flash flood?) we would have a nice home with God. In Heaven, there is no mortgage or rent, either. Right now, we're all sitting here on earth just waiting to go to our homes in Heaven. On Earth, we're away from God. But, that's doesn't mean we shouldn't keep doing everything we can to make him happy. In fact, it probably means we should be more focused on making God happy. After all, he is going to judge the heck out of us when we're done with our time on Earth. Gulp. No worries (if you're Christian, that is)! Believers know God and try to pass the good news about him onto others. He loves that stuff, so it's gonna work out pretty well for those guys. Again, Paul isn't trying to brag. He just wants to give the Corinthians some ammunition to use against his detractors (those so-called apostles that have been hanging around Corinth). These guys put a lot of stock in public displays of religiosity. They're obsessed with looking holy, Paul thinks. But Paul knows that real authority doesn't come from how religious you look, but from your devotion to God's people. After all, Jesus died so that all of us could live. Now, we don't live for ourselves anymore, but for Jesus. So if you're truly a believer in Christ, your old self is dead. You're a new person. You don't see things in a regular old human way anymore. All this stuff, it's directly from God. Paul urges everyone to "be reconciled to God." Basically that just means that people need to work on making things right between themselves and the Big Guy. This is obviously what God wants from us. After all, God could have kept a big old score card of our sins, but he threw it away and sent Jesus instead. God's cool like that. www.shmoop.com
Marie D. Jones is the best selling author of “Mind Wars: The History of Mind Control, Surveillance and Social Engineering,” 11:11 – The Time Prompt Phenomenon – The Meaning Behind Mysterious Signs, Sequences and Synchronicities” and The Trinity Secret: The Power of Three and the Code of Creation. She also authored “PSIence: How New Discoveries in Quantum Physics and New Science May Explain the Existence of Paranormal Phenomena, Destiny vs. Choice: The Scientific and Spiritual Evidence Behind Fate and Free Will, This Book Is From the Future: A Journey Through Portals, Relativity, Wormholes and Other Adventures in Time Travel, The Grid: Exploring the Hidden Infrastructure of Reality and Viral Mythology: How the Truth of the Ancients Was Encoded and Passed Down Through Legend, Art and Architecture. She has been on hundreds of radio shows worldwide and appeared on the History Channel’s Nostradamus Effect and Ancient Aliens television series discussing the power of three, sacred geometry and ancient knowledge. She is considered an authority on the paranormal, UFOs, cutting edge science, Noetics, consciousness, ancient mysteries and conspiracies, and spent over 15 years as a trained field investigator for the Mutual UFO Network in San Diego and Los Angeles. She also worked with the Center for UFO Studies and Fund for UFO Research. She has been a radio show host for the popular ParaFringe and Dreamland shows and has been interviewed on over 1,500 radio shows worldwide and in dozens of print and online publications. Marie has published hundreds of articles, essays and reviews and serves as a staff writer for Intrepid Magazine and a regular contributor to New Dawn Magazine, Paranormal Underground, Paranoia Magazine, and FATE Magazine. She lectures at events across the country. She is also an optioned screenwriter and published novelist. Her website is www.mariedjones.com.
Paul Is A Slave for You Paul hasn't lost heart, though.He isn't like some of these so-called apostles in Corinth. He doesn't lie. He doesn't tell fibs when it comes to God's word. He just brings the truth.Unlike the false apostles out there, Paul doesn't just talk about himself all the time (he doesn't?). He stays focused on Jesus. Keep your eyes on the ball, Paul.Paul is totally a slave for Jesus… and you. Jars of Clay True apostles are fragile. It's like God has put his "treasure in clay jars." Those jars are breakable, but God always catches them before they fall.Apostles have to suffer. It's part of their job description. But they don't let that get them down. Sure, they get knocked down (or nearly beheaded), but they get up again.They suffer like Jesus did on the cross. Then they can show off God's glory. WWJD, indeed.A real apostle brings the truth, no matter what the cost. He believes in God's word and he speaks it. Those are his credentials. That's how he proves he's the real deal.Trust Paul: he's doing this all for you, Corinthians. He's putting himself through the ringer so that he can show off the goodness of God.Paul also knows that these trials now are going to pay off big time when he's dead and gone. Yeah, we're guessing Paul gets a primo seat in Heaven. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Leslie Sloane is the founder and developer of one of the only natural color therapy lines known worldwide called Auracle’s color Therapy. Author of the book Auracle's Colour Therapy - The Power of Love Through Colour. These high frequency colored water misters contain specially blessed waters, colors from the earth creating the rainbow spectrum, ancient oils, and essences of all Angels and Masters from every culture, and other archetypal energies, which play a great role in influencing our lives and the paths we choose. “I always work through and from my Heart, really ‘tuning in’ to the soul on the table. My levels of compassion for humans and life go extremely deep, as does my Love for mysticism and the wisdom of the ancients. Because of this my clients and students ‘feel’ the Love and passion I extend to them from the very depths of my soul. And for this, they know they are cared for and feel very safe to explore their shadow, or ‘dark night of the soul’, from which most people run and avoid facing out of fear. This is what healing and the healing arts are all about…unconditional Love. I absolutely Love what I do, and the gift of the universe allowing me to see the miracles each time they occur…it’s magick.” Leslie is a native Californian, born in Los Angeles. Leslie began her color therapy training nineteen years ago, became certified as a color metaphysician, through a system called Aura-Soma developed by Vicky Wall, and has been administering color energy treatments for eleven years. Leslie has done extensive studies regarding mystic teachings incorporating color therapy, and their ancient roots, which lie in Egypt and Greece. Leslie has been teaching color therapy classes to professional healers, showing how deep, profound and mystical the effects can be. Go to her site at www.auraclescolour.com
We Don't Need No Stinkin' Letters Is Paul getting a little braggy here? Maybe.He tells the Corinthians that he isn't like these peddlers of God's word. He doesn't need to carry around a bunch of testimonial letters that tell everyone how great he is. Oh, so now Paul doesn't like letters?The proof is in the pudding for Paul. After all, he founded a whole church in Corinth. That's all the letter he needs. Boo-ya.Paul goes on to say that his letter (the church) isn't written in ink or chiseled on stone tablets. It's written by the Spirit of God on people's hearts. Awww. He Fought the Law Don't get Paul wrong. He's not claiming to know any of this himself. God told him.God revealed a new way of doing things with Jesus.Now people don't have to worry about obeying every single letter of Jewish law. They just follow God's Spirit in their hearts.Paul retells the story of the time Moses put a veil over his face (Exodus 34:33-35) to show that those who continue to follow the law have hidden themselves from the truth. They're covered. They're in darkness. Those are some pretty thick veils.But Christians have lifted the veil and see God for who he really is. Note to Corinthians: throw away all veils.
Mr. Richard Senate was born in Los Angeles, California. He was the oldest son of Leonard & Sylvia Senate. His father worked for MGM Studios along with his brothers and father on such classic films as The Wizard of Oz. In 1953 the family moved from Venice California to Thousand Oaks where they bought land. In 1963 Leonard retired and the family moved to the coastal community of Ventura, California. Here Richard attended Ventura High School and Ventura Community College where he earned an AA degree. He went on the Long Beach State University where he earned a BA degree in History. He is very interested in history, with a focus on the American Civil War. He was working on a second degree in archeology when he attended a field school at the old Spanish Mission of San Antonio de Padua (near King City, CA). Mr. Senate is a proud and loving grandfather to his 6 grand kids. He currently has two books in print, The Ghosts of California Missions and The Haunted Southland. These and his other books are available on Amazon.com and Kindle. His other titles include, Ghosts Stalkers Guide to Haunted California,Fade to Fear. Phantomology. Mr. Senate also does ghost tours and gives live lectures. For more information contact him at hainthunter@aol.com
Welcome Listeners! We are reading...2 Corinthians: Chapter 2 Summary
The Painful Visit Okay, the real reason that Paul cancelled his visit to Corinth is because he didn't want to have another "painful visit." At least that's what happened the last time he stopped in Corinth. Ouch.Apparently, there was some kind of disagreement between Paul and a male member of the Corinthian congregation. Paul doesn't go into details (we're guessing the Corinthian gossip mill has already made this news known). He also doesn't name his opponent, so we'll just call him the Offending Brother.We don't know what happened, but we do know that what was really upsetting about the whole incident was that the Corinthians ended up siding with the Offending Brother instead of Paul. How rude!Paul cancelled his travel plans and did what he does best—he wrote a letter. This letter made him super sad though and he cried a ton while writing it. The Tears Did It! But—good news—the letter worked. Paul hears that the Corinthians have kicked the Offending Brother out of the church.Okay, but now, Paul tells them they should work on bringing him back into the church (wait, what?). Oh, you know. Forgiveness and all that jazz.Paul heard all this news first hand from his friend, Titus (who had been to visit Corinth). Needless to say, this made Paul very, very happy.But really, this is all God's handiwork. He has led Paul and his fellow apostles on a victory march through the streets. God loves a parade, apparently.Paul and his cohorts aren't like some apostles who are really just "peddlers of God's word." They're sincere and truthful. They come from God. Now that's a solid resume. Thanks to Shmoop.com
Ron Felber began his career writing articles based on his experiences for True Detective magazine, and went on to write three books in the classic Nick Carter series. Like his protagonist Jack Madson in his thriller trilogy, Felber has worked as a deputy sheriff, transporting federal criminals, and has fought Golden Gloves. His book Il Dottore: The Double Life of a Mafia Doctor is the basis for the Fox television series The Mob Doctor. A graduate of Georgetown University, Ron Felber earned a master's degree in English from Loyola University Chicago and a doctorate from Drew University. He was the president and CEO of a major manufacturing company. Felber resides in New Jersey with his wife and children. Visit www.ronfelber.com
"On the night of October 21, 1989, nine glowing objects appeared over an empty stretch of the Mojave desert—and turned a couple’s quiet weekend into an unearthly nightmare of terror. Elise and Tom Gifford say they were held captive in their camper by nonhuman creatures—and through love and prayer were able to live through psychological torment as their captors manipulated their minds with telepathic power. The Watchers hovered over them for a day and a night, they say, stealing their thoughts and emotions, making them relive their most painful and intimate memories, bringing them to the brink of madness. Hours later they were alone again—alive but the visits continued and the nightmare wasn’t over. Called "The most frightening UFO book ever written", The Mojave Incident touches the subconscious fears deep in all of us". Available on Amazon
II Corinthians...Intro: Part Deux Hey there, Corinthians. It's Paul again. Did you miss him?This time Paul tells everyone that he's the one writing, but that he's also got his fellow apostle, Timothy, with him to help advise. Two is better than one, we guess.Paul starts by giving thanks for the Corinthians. Nice one, Paul. Butter them up. He tells them that God has been there for him while they were all getting their butts kicked (figuratively, of course). Paul also makes reference to a scary incident in Asia. He and some friends almost died. Yikes!But, luckily, God saved them in the nick of time. Just like he does every time. Well, almost every time.Paul wants the Corinthians to know that he's about to give them some blunt, but sincere advice. So keep that in mind. He Never Visits Anymore Paul knows the Corinthians are a tiny bit mad at him because he said he was going to visit, but didn't.It's not like Paul did this for his own selfish reasons though. He's on God's time. And God's watch can get a little quirky sometimes.No worries, though, because all God's promises will eventually be fulfilled. So is Paul going crash in their guest room next week or not? A special thank to www.shmoop.com
Echo Bodine first discovered she was born with psychic abilities and the gift of healing at the age of 17. Her abilities include clairvoyance (seeing), clairaudience (hearing), clairsentience (sensing), and clairgustance (smell). She took psychic classes for two years and practiced on friends and family for twelve years before beginning her full time practice as a psychic, healer and ghostbuster in 1979. In 1981, Echo began teaching classes on psychic development and spiritual healing. She has appeared on numerous national television shows including Sally Jesse Raphael, Sightings, Beyond with James Van Praagh, NBC’s The Other Side, Un-explained Mysteries, NBC’s Today Show, A&E, and Encounters. Paranormal Borderline did a feature story on her family, calling them the “world’s most psychic family”. Echo hosted her own cable TV show called New Age Perspectives for two years, and co-hosted the The Edge TV. She also had her own radio show on FM107 in Minneapolis for 3 years called Intuitive Living, and Paramount Pictures solicited her services for the promotion of the movie Ghost. From 2003 to the present Echo has been the director of The Center for Spiritual Development where she teaches numerous classes on spiritual development, living by intuition, ghost busting, psychic development and laying on hands healing classes. In 2010 she began doing on-line psychic development classes with instructor Leigh Hopkins of the Viva Institute in Brazil. Some of her books include, Look for the Good and You’ll Find God (2008), My Big Book of Healing (2009), The Little Book of True Ghost Stories (August, 2011) and What Happens When We Die (October, 2013) among many others. For more information go her website http://www.echobodine.com
Time to Tithe Now, onto more practical matters…Paul asks the Corinthians to take up a collection that he can deliver to the church in Jerusalem. Waiting until the end to ask for money? Smart move.He assures them that he's going to visit them soon. Right now, he's pretty caught up in Ephesus. Lots of naysayers hanging around that place.He's sending Timothy to them, though, so he's hoping the Corinthians will treat him well.Paul also mentions that Apollos will be coming sometime in the future. Whenever he has a free minute to travel across multiple regions.He asks them to follow the example of Stephanus and his whole household. They were some of the earlier converts in Corinth, and Paul really digs them.Aquila and Prisca send their love, too, along with all the churches in Asia. That's a lot of love.Paul closes the whole letter by sending his good wishes and prayers for Jesus to come very, very soon. All our thanks to www.shmoop.com
Tonight is the night you have been waiting for! It's Open Mic on The Paranormal and The Sacred. We will be discussing everything paranormal and it's your night to tell your story, get your cards read or discuss your latest alien encounter. The call in number tonight is 619-924-9744. Be there or be square!! With your host, Char McCain
The Resurrection Will Not Be Televised. Paul reminds the Corinthians that he was the one who taught them all about Jesus. How he died and rose again and appeared to loads of people. Even to little ol' Paul. He's the hardest working apostle in this Christ-business. There are some people in Corinth who doubt Paul's teachings. For example, the one about the dead being raised when the world ends. Paul explains that if there's no resurrection of the dead, then that means: Jesus was never resurrected. Say it ain't so! Paul is a big fat liar. Who you callin' a liar, Corinthians? But the truth is Jesus was resurrected. He's just the first in a long line of people who are gonna be back when the world comes to an end. But now, everyone will live because of Jesus. It's actually pretty simple: Christ died and rose again. Soon, this world is gonna end and he's gonna come back again. That's when he'll raise all his faithful followers from the dead, too. After that, Jesus will defeat all evil and hand the reigns over to God. Here's another thought. If there's no resurrection of the dead, then why do the Corinthians bother getting baptized on behalf of dead people? What's the point? Oh, and why are Christians risking their lives, families, relationships, and social standing for a God who just lets them die and turn to dust? Basically, according to Paul, if the whole resurrection of the dead thing isn't true—Christians are wasting their time. But, our heavenly bodies are going to be… well, heavenly. It will happen in an instant. A trumpet will sound and we'll be different. It's the only way God will totally get one over on death. So rest easy, Paul says. Everything he says is true, so if you believe, you've got nothing to worry about.
Don Baker has helped numerous companies successfully grow new revenue streams. He has produced over 500 TV commercials and has workered for with a Journalism degree from University of Oregon, Mr. Baker has used his writing skills for several newspapers and TV scripts, which have been produced for the Fox TV show Wake Rattle and Roll. Don has worked for the long running TV shows including COPS. His current project is his TV film The Circle based on the horrendous Dyatlov Pass Incident. It's about the 9 skiers went skiing in the Ural mountains of Russia in 1959. All of them died the same on the same day from unknown forces. The file has been held as a top secret for over 50 years. Don Baker is also author of a novel soon to be released entitled Hey Judea, Beatles takeoff and one of the executive producers of THE CIRCLE. The Circle is a film which will tell the real story of what really happened to the 9 hikers who lost their lives in the freezing Ural mountains of Russia. Mr. Baker says that his evidence as to the Dyatlov hikers fate comes directly from KGBs the above top secret files his production team was able to obtain thru their sources in Russia, the Circle is their fascinating story of ufos, crop circles, abominable snowmen, orange orbs,the Jinn and other creatures of the night. Mr Baker has a unique combination of operational abilities and creative marketing abilities combine to make Mr. Baker a successful planner and creator of product marketing campaigns. To support this project please go to: https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/812459452/the-circle-the-untold-story-of-the-dyatlov-pass-in?ref=nav_search
Today's Bible reading is all about the gift of Speaking in Tongues. I Corinthians Chapter 14.
Tongue-Tied? Right, so love is the most important thing, but if you're going to use your spiritual gifts, use them wisely. The most useful gift, in Paul's opinion, is prophecy. The least helpful one is speaking in tongues. Why is Paul down on this practice? Good question. Basically, it's because when you speak in tongues, no one else can understand what the heck you're saying. Prophets can build up a community with their predictions and the things they see. But speaking in tongues is a pretty individual exercise. Other people would like to understand what God is trying to say to you, too. Paul rather say five words that help others than a thousand in holy gibberish that no one gets. Sometimes non-believers are swayed when they see Christians speaking in tongues. But if a bunch of non-believers walk into a church and see everyone speaking in tongues they're going to think that those Christians have lost it. Okay, so what to do? Well, Paul says that when the church comes together, people should take turns speaking in tongues. Then, someone can sit and interpret for them. If no one is around to interpret, then they need to hush it up 'til later. And, while we're on the subject of shutting up in church—maybe the ladies should be doing that, too. Paul says that "women should be silent in the churches." No talking. Singing. Zip. If a lady has questions, she can go bother her husband with them when she gets home. Right after she finishes making him a sandwich. But anyway, back to tongues. So, it's fine with Paul, but just don't overdo it, okay? Good. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Tonight we have a distinguished panel of guests. They will also be speaking at the upcoming Experiencers Speak Conference in Portland, Maine on Saturday August 29th 2015. http://www.experiencersspeak.yolasite.com/
Suzanne Chancellor is a lifelong abductee and experiencer. Upon reading Whitley Strieber’s Communion in 1987, she began to recover memories of visitations from otherworldly beings that began in 1966 at her childhood home in Pasadena, California. She now hosts her podcast Random Alien Brain Droppings, also the title of her blog. She also has a Blog that is available at http://abducteeawareness.blogspot.com. Pamela Loffredo has been a Research Specialist in the field of UFOlogy and Extraterrestrial Visitation for over 30 years, after a series of close encounter sightings in the Hudson Valley Region of New York State. She was a physician's Assistant for over 17 years, Pamela is now employed as a Professional Psychic at Leapin' Lizards Holistic Center in Portland, Maine. starbabe777@hotmail.com. Denise Stoner, MUFON's Asst. Director of Abduction Studies, Florida, and Field Investigator, Florida and STAR Team member. Director of the Florida Research Group affiliation of UFORCOP. She also holds educational forums for public and private gatherings for abduction experiencers. Denise has an educational background in business and psychology, and a certified hypnotist specializing in regressive hypnosis. She recorded evidence of the development of psychic abilities following their experiences with UFOs and ETs, and abductees’ abilities to locate missing people and predict future events. Julia Weiss, started as a State Section Director with Mufon, after a sighting then was asked to join Starborn Support then became a co-host for the Starborn Support Radio Show and through meditation receives downloads of info about ascension and our role.
Today we are reading I Corinthians Chapter 13...Here Comes the Love So, Paul has established that there are tons of gifts that people can have. But the greatest gift of all? Love. Awww…Sure, you might be able to predict the future and understand all the mysteries of the world, but if you don't have love in your heart, then you're missing out. Big time."Love is patient; love is kind…" Oh, is someone having a wedding? No, it's just Paul explaining all the wonder that is love.Basically, love is everything good and nothing bad. It lasts forever, while spiritual gifts will fall by the wayside. Predictions and speaking in tongues can only get you so far in life. Love is for always.Paul explains that when he was a child, he acted like a child. No surprise there. But, now, he's a grown man and he's done with kids' stuff.When this world is done, when God has wiped everything away, it will be like looking in a mirror for the first time and really seeing.Before this, we only knew part of what there was to know. But soon, we'll know everything.When this happens, spiritual gifts won't matter. The only feelings that will exist in the world are faith, hope, and love. But of course, the most excellent one of all is love. Whoa, Paul sure is a poet. Thanks to www.schmoop.com
Lewis H. Simpson II
Tonight is a memorial program for our beloved Lewis Harold Simpson II. He was a self-published author of the book One Inventor's Autobiography and inventor from Springfield, Mass. He had five older sisters, Madelyn (Mimi), Mildred, Shirley, Doris and Gertrude (Bettye). He had one younger brother Charles (Chick) who was my father. He grew up on Melrose Street 'The Block' in Springfield, Mass. He overcame polio and illness in childhood, growing up during The Great Depression and WWII, meeting his beloved wife of 56 years Kathryn Flynn when they both worked at The Diamond Match Company and he traveled across the USA during the depression and had many unusual experiences. On December 28, 1949 their first son Lewis III was born. They were then to have another son Wayne Simpson born on September 3rd, 1953. He delivered his son Wayne Simpson himself after the doctor sent Kathy home for false labor pains. (Wayne died in his 40s due to his epilepsy.) He eventually became a highly skilled machinist. He worked for the US Navy on historic Mare Island near San Francisco, California. Lewis and Kathy were lifelong seekers who sought out and thought a lot about spirituality and what it meant to them. He and his wife Kathryn lived in Vallejo many years until she passed 11 years ago and then his recent passing. He is a beloved father, grandfather and my uncle. Tonight his family gathers from all parts of the country to share their feelings and memories about this great man. Joining us will be his son Lewis Simpson III, his wife Marian. His grandson Chris Simpson and his wife Tracy, and his grand daughter Mary Kathryn Simpson.
I Corinthians Chapter 12.
Paul moves on to discuss gifts. No, you're not getting a new iPad. He's talking about spiritual gifts from God.For example: how do we know the difference between people who are spiritually gifted and people who are just off their rockers? Well, Paul says, as long as they're not cursing Jesus, they're good. It's a pretty low bar, but we're with him so far. There are all kinds of different gifts people can have, but they all come from God. What are some of the gifts Paul recognizes? We're glad you asked: WisdomKnowledgeFaithHealingWorking miraclesProphecyDiscerning spiritsSpeaking in tonguesInterpretation of tongues Rock That Body Different people have different gifts, but this is just like a human body. Oh, time for Anatomy 101.All the parts—eyes, ears, feet, hands—need to work together so the body can function. You can't have a foot going off on its own or the whole thing falls apart.All Christians make up the body of Christ and every single part is important for keeping this body healthy. Hear that, Corinthians?You're all in this together.Paul even says that sometimes the puniest, weakest parts of the body turn out to be the most important. Like fingernails? Or toes?So to recap: we're all very special little snowflakes.If everyone could make miracles or everyone spoke in tongues things would be a huge mess. Everyone's gifts are needed to make things awesome.
Melinda Leslie
Melinda Leslie will update us on her latest research on how covert military programs are reverse engineering extraterrestrial abductees for information to be used in both extraterrestrial (ET) technology and covert-ops personnel development programs. She explains how the management of ET information includes the monitoring, re-abduction, interrogation, and recruitment of alien abductees into covert programs, equating it to just as covert-ops military personnel gather and reverse-engineer ET craft, they also gather and reverse-engineer abductees. Melinda will share startling new developments, new evidence, and detailed experiences never shared before! This will include audio recordings made by one of her cases of actual ET and MILAB abduction events while they were occurring in his home. Melinda has been public with her own extraterrestrial abduction and MILAB experiences for over 24 years, researched a covert-ops military involvement in abductions for 23 years, and is currently writing a book detailing her research. Her research and personal experiences have been featured in 19 books by prominent names in ufology. Melinda has lectured for numerous organizations including the International UFO Congress, multiple MUFON chapters, the X-Conference, the Bay Area UFO Expo, UFO Con, UFO Expo West, The Whole Life Expo, and more. She has been a guest on numerous popular radio shows including as a repeat guest on Coast-to-Coast AM, and appeared on several television shows. Melinda has also been a researcher and investigator in the field of ufology for over 25 years. She is now the Director of UFO Sighting Tours in Sedona, Arizona, conducting over 450 tours with the use of military Generation III Night Vision Goggle equipment, intuitive consultations, and teaches a class on how to bend metal with your mind (psychokinesis). www.UFOsightingtours.com, www.sedonanewagestore/melinda
I Corinthians, Chapter 11.
Cover It Up, Ladies Now Paul has some advice for the ladies. Girls, keep your heads covered in church. Why? Well, Paul's glad you asked. See, "Christ is the head of every man, and the husband is the head of his wife." Guys, on the other hand, shouldn't wear anything on their heads. That's because they're made in the image of God. Even though Eve was created using Adam rib, every other man on the face of the earth has been created using a lady's womb. So thank your mother. Paul finishes up by explaining that all this is just natural. Guys have short hair. Girls have long hair. Guys let it all hang out and ladies keep it covered. Okay, so now Paul moves onto other pressing worship issues: what's the deal with communion in Corinth? Paul's been hearing some rumors. Bad ones. It seems that when the church gets together to eat, people are not sharing. Some (rich) people eat a whole fancy meal and some (poor) people don't get anything. This sucks. Paul's pretty ticked about it, too. Seriously, Corinthians? Ever heard of eating at home? Why would you guys get together to celebrate Christ and then act like selfish jerks? Not cool Paul explains how he taught them how to celebrate the Eucharistic meal. And they are mostly definitely not living up to his standards. In fact, they're making things worse for themselves. Jesus knows how they're acting and they're going to have to answer for it. Unless they straighten up. Paul's advice? Try waiting until everyone gets there to start the meal. If you're so hungry that you have to gorge yourself in front of everyone else, have a snack before you come. Seriously. Sharing is caring.
Alex Mistretta
Alex Mistretta, author of the book The Presence, is one of the few full time professional investigators in field. He is the former MUFON Los Angeles Director of Investigations and a former member of MUFON's Star Team. He is currently the Director of Investigations for U.P.A.R.S. Alex is a Cryptozoologist, former member of Big Cats in Britain, and an expert in Hominids and African cryptozoology. He is also a long time researcher in the Parapsychology field, often working with Dr Barry Taff. Alex has a BS in Anthropology and a BS in Psychology from the University of Illinois. Chicago. He has devoted his life to research into the paranormal, UFOs, hidden history and cryptozoology. Described as part Fox Mulder and part Indiana Jones, Alex has been featured on several television shows, including UFO Files and Legend Hunters. He is also a contributor to The Black Vault and to the Jimmy Church Radio Show. Alex lives in Los Angeles. www.thepresencebook.com
Welcome to Sacred Sunday!
God did a lot of great things in the olden days. Just check out Exodus for some examples. He led people out of Egypt, parted the Red Sea, gave them manna and water in the desert. God is pretty awesome like that. And how did they repay him? By sinning their butts off. They did weird sexual things. They tested God. They complained and bellyached constantly. They bowed down in front of idols. And God took it to them. All this happened as a warning: do not try this stuff with God. It never works out well. Demonic Meals. Let's go back to food for a minute. When Christians come together and share bread and wine, they're signaling their special relationship with God. The same is true for Jews who eat kosher meats sacrificed in the temple. So, even though you're not forming any kind of special relationships with Roman gods when you eat their idolatrous meat, you might be accidentally making friends with demons. Okay, so the Roman gods don't exist, right? They're not actually gods, but they're demons. So when you chow down on some food and drink from their temples, you're sort of throwing your hat in with them. Paul just doesn't think it sounds like a good idea. One day you're drinking the blood of Christ, the next day you're drinking from some demon's cup. Yuck. In other words: just say no to pagan meals. You need to think of other people's feelings, too. If you're truly trying to make God happy with your actions, you're not going to do things that hurt your fellow Christians. Right? Now go to your rooms and think about what you've done.
Dr. Cece Stevens
Dr. Cece Stevens is a Psychic Medium and Mystic Healer and the Founder of California Holistic Chamber Commerce and she has a Doctorate in Metaphysical Science. Dr. Cece is a Reiki Worker, Crystal Healer, Teacher, Dowser and Rain Maker. Dr. Cece has performed energy healings since the age of five and as a Professional Psychic-Medium Cece has established a vast untold amount of clients. She is known internationally as the curator of BOB the Skull of Wishes. Dr. Cece is available for workshops all over the United States. She has trained hundreds in their Psychic Abilities and Healing Arts. She has several books she has written on astrology, cooking, and children's stories. She has several books she has written on Astrology, cooking, and children's stories. From Cece," A little about me and my ability to transfer energy. It does not matter if we deal with a live plant, animal or a human. All matter is energy and connected. I grew up surrounded in interests with Astrology and UFO's. I am adept in Astrology, Numerology, Bio-Magnetic healing, Nero-linguistic healing, Spiritualist, Dowser. I am a natural Clairaudient, Clairvoyant, Clairsensitive. I am a member of National Council Geo-Cosmic Research, and founded California Holistic Chamber Commerce". Dr. Cece Stevens can be reached at (520)-907-0102 or cecest@aol.com or CeceStevens.com
Welcome to Sacred Sunday! Today we are reading I Corinthians Chapter 9.
Support Your Apostle Paul is kind of a big deal. He's an apostle. He's seen the Risen Christ. Even the fact that the church in Corinth exists is proof that God is working through him. Boo-ya.He explains that, as an apostle, he is entitled to monetary support from his fellow Christians. Must be in the fine print of his contract.He should get free food and beverages (no more BYOB for Paul!). He should have a faithful wife traveling by his side (a really cute one!). He shouldn't have to work little side jobs (tent-making can be a real drag). Really, the Corinthians should be fully supporting him. Eyes on the Prize But Paul doesn't roll this way.Even though these are his rights, even though this is what God demands, Paul never took advantage of these perks.And don't worry, he's not going to start doing it now. He's just trying to make a point. So put away your wallets, okay?All Paul is saying is that he chose this life freely. He gets to spread the gospel around free of charge to everyone.Paul might be free, but he's made himself into a slave (sans chains) in order to win more converts to Christ.Wherever he goes, he becomes like the people he's with so that he can help convince them that Jesus is Lord. We believe this is called empathy.And you've got to stay strong throughout. Christians are like world-class athletes. They have to train and be super discipled in order to win the prize at the end. The prize in this case is a little nicer than a trophy.This is how Paul lives his life. Just a hint, Corinthians. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
John B. Alexander, Ph.D.
Dr. John Alexander, author of the book The Warrior's Edge, has a long history of traveling a fine line between traditional sciences and studying various phenomena. He has been judicious in applying a scientifically trained, critical eye while personally encountering many situations that defy conventional explanations. Still, he remains focused on pursuing a path of knowledge that is likely to change how many people view the world. On this path there have been many adventures. Developing a deep interest in near-death studies, John Alexander completed his doctoral work under the world famous Dr. Elisabeth Kübler-Ross. He went on to become the president of the International Association for Near-Death Studies then-located at the University of Connecticut. As always, he split his efforts and continued a pragmatic path helping to create Children’s Hospice International, an organization dedicated to assisting children who are facing life-threatening illnesses and their families. For that effort he received a President’s Award for Volunteer Action from President Ronald Reagan. Until recently he worked part-time for the National Institute for Discovery Science a private research organization dedicated to exploring the UFO topic. His book, UFOs: Myths, Conspiracies, and Realities had been released by St. Martin’s Press, February 2011. To this day, Dr. Alexander continues his search. He calls it as he sees it. He has little use for conspiracy theorists, true believers who take in everything without questioning, or scoffers who refuse to accept facts no matter how persuasive. For nine years he served, as a councilor for the Society for Scientific Exploration is a past president of the International Association for Near Death Studies, and a founding board member of the International Remote Viewer's Association. Books available on Amazon.
Welcome Church! Today we are reading I Corinthians Chapter 8. Happy Father's Day!!
Now Paul turns to another important question: is it okay for Christians to eat meat that has been sacrificed to Roman gods? Okay, this is a thorny issue…The Corinthians have told him that they think this is fine. After all, there's only one God and one Jesus, so those other gods aren't even real. No gods, no foul, right? Yeah, Paul tells them, that's pretty much right—but they shouldn't get too high and mighty about it. Go on…Even though they're right about those gods not existing, not all Christians fully understand this yet. Hey, there will always be slow learners in any group. There might be Corinthian Christians out there who still believe these gods are real. That means they're actually committing idolatry in their hearts when they eat this sacrificed meat. And everyone knows that God does not like idolatry. So, Paul concludes, it really isn't the best idea to tell everyone to help themselves to the Roman buffets just yet. In fact, he kind of wishes that everyone would just swear off this meat—like he does—so that they could all stop arguing about it. What's better? Having a little bacon everyone now and then or hurting your fellow Christians? (Hint: the answer is not bacon.) Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Eva Herr is a retired litigation paralegal, the author of “Agape, The Intent of the Soul” and the new best-selling book “CONSCIOUSNESS – Bridging the Gap Between Conventional Science and the New Super Science of Quantum Mechanics”. She has become one of the most respected talk show hostesses on internet radio via her show “The Infinite Consciousness” on BBS Radio, wherein for years she has had the opportunity to engage the minds of today's top thinkers in the fields of science of the human experience and holistic, functional, orthomolecular, anti-aging and alternative medicine resources for diseases of the mind and body. She herself has also been a guest on many radio shows, conferences, movies, documentaries and television. She was a member of the Steering Committee for the Human Health Project; sat on the Board of Directors for the Alliance for Addiction Solutions and the Georgia Association of Paralegals. She currently sits on the board of Second Helpings, a non-profit food rescue agency http://www.secondhelpingsatlanta.org/ Eva also wrote a regular column for Kinetics Magazine and has been featured in numerous articles and interviews. Eva is a featured luminary on www.InspireMeToday.com and www.Care2.com (Care2 Make a Difference), a Certified Alternative Holistic Counselor, an integrative medicine consultant, and world renowned medical intuitive. She has an encyclopedic knowledge of alternative/holistic health remedies, as well as an in-depth understanding as to how our mind and body work together. If it’s out there... Eva knows it. Eva’s passion is knowledge and education. She enables people to self-educate and take responsibility for their own health so that they can make better choices for their own well-being. Eva currently lives in Atlanta, Georgia. www.evaherr.com
The Joy of Sex According to Paul.
Now Paul starts to address some of the things the Corinthians wrote to him about. Apparently, they had a lot of questions about sex. Paul tells them that if people can't stop themselves from getting it on with each other, then they might as well get married. Once you're married, men and women shouldn't withhold sex from each other. Of course, Paul isn't thrilled to have to give this advice. He's a bachelor and thinks everyone should be shrugging off sex like him. But he realizes that not everyone is going be able to live up to his level of awesomeness. Paul's advice is to stay that way. But if you can't keep it in your pants then, by all means, put a ring on it. Rules for Marriage. Christians who are married to unbelievers shouldn't divorce their spouses. As long as the non-believer of the pair is fine living with a Christian, they should be cool with it. Yes, in the last chapter, having sex with a prostitute made you a prostitute, but, don't worry: a Christian spouse actually makes their non-believing spouse holy. Paul thinks that Christians should just let it be. More advice, this time for virgins! Thinking about getting married? Think again. Married people have all kinds of problems. But unmarried people can just keep their eyes on the prize—life with God. That is, when they're not thinking about sex. The end of the world is coming soon, Paul explains. So soon, none of this stuff is going to matter. God is going to swoop in and wipe it all away, and give faithful Christians their reward. That's why it's better to keep your focus on the Big Guy instead of trying to snag Mr. Right. Remember, if you're just some sex fiend who can't control himself, go ahead and get married. You're more blessed when you stay single, Paul says. (Typical man. Won't commit.)
Richard Senate
Mr. Richard Senate was born in Los Angeles, California. He was the oldest son of Leonard & Sylvia Senate. His father worked for MGM Studios along with his brothers and father on such classic films as The Wizard of Oz. In 1953 the family moved from Venice California to Thousand Oaks where they bought land. In 1963 Leonard retired and the family moved to the coastal community of Ventura, California. Here Richard attended Ventura High School and Ventura Community College where he earned an AA degree. He went on the Long Beach State University where he earned a BA degree in History. He was working on a second degree in archeology when he attended a field school at the old Spanish Mission of San Antonio de Padua (near King City, CA) At about 12:30, in the early morning hours of July 3nd, he saw the phantom figure of a monk. This unexpected encounter changed his life. He vowed to discover what ghosts were and why they walk the earth. He became one of the pioneer ghost hunters in the west. It is a career that has taken him to hundreds of haunted sites in the United States and England. He has appeared on many radio and TV programs over the years and has had published 18 books. He is a recognized authority of the subject of the paranormal. He met his wife, Debbie Christenson Senate in 1983. They were married in a haunted 1888 church and they have three children and today four grand daughters. They reside in Ventura, California where Mr. Senate still conducts investigations, writes books and articles, and conducts tour of haunted sites in the community. He also writes novels in the classic Steam Punk Style—his most current The Flight of the Hercules can be found on Lulu.com. His most recent ghost book—Silver Ghosts (with Sandie LaNae) is about haunted places and investigations in Norther Nevada. It too can be found on Lulu.com. He is working on several new projects he hopes to have finished by Fall.
Welcome to Sacred Sunday!
Sue Not, Lest Ye Be Sued. Paul has some other advice. Don't take each other to court over every little thing. Somewhere, Judge Judy is cheering. Sue Not, Lest Ye Be Sued. Seriously, Corinthians. Let the church community help settle it. Sounds like a good idea. That's way better than going in front of a bunch of non-believers in Roman courts. What would be even better was if Christians didn't sue each other at all, but Paul's not going to shoot for the moon here. Kingdom of God Entrance Exam. After all, Paul explains, terrible people are not going to inherit the kingdom of God. Not even a little bit. Fornicators? Idolaters? Adulterers? Male prostitutes? Sodomites? Thieves? Greedy folks? Drunks? Abusers? They're all out. Paul points out that some of the folks in the Christian church used to be guilty of this kind of stuff. Uh-oh…But, then they were baptized in Christ and it's all good. Let's just try to keep it that way, guys. It Does a Body Good. Because they've become new people through baptism, it seems the Corinthians think that they can do whatever they like. Not quite. Sure, they could go around having sex with loads of different people and eating whatever they want, but Paul doesn't really think this is a swell idea. They've got to treat their bodies right. After all, the Corinthians' bodies belong to God. They're his temples, remember? Besides, it's not like their bodies are going to get left behind in the end. Nope. God is going to raise them up… eventually. So that means if you have some sexy times with a prostitute, then you're becoming one with a prostitute and not with God. Look, Paul says, the point is, our bodies aren't our own. We can't just go around sleeping with whomever and think it's a-okay, because it is not. There goes the Corinthians' fun weekend plans. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Archbishop Ron Feyl, SOSM
Catholic Archbishop Ron Feyl has been in catholic ministry for over 30 years. His episcopal orders were conferred in 1979 by Archbishop Gregory Michael David Voris, who adheres to the faith of the Seven Ecumenical Councils and the Three Ecumenical Creeds. Archbishop Ron Feyl is the Presiding Bishop of The Sacred Order of Saint Michael the Archangel and Chief Exorcist for the Order of Exorcists which is under the Independent Catholic jurisdiction of a Traditional "Old" Roman Catholic Order, with valid lines of Apostolic Succession. From the early 1980's Archbishop Ron Feyl, SOSM has been involved in a not so popular ministry, called exorcism. He was trained by many exorcists over the years who were his mentor's and former bishops. With over 30 years of experience he established an Order of Exorcist within the Sacred Order of Saint Michael the Archangel, which is a non-profit 501 (c)(3) religious organization. This Order remains connected to the Roman Catholic Church by "Dominus Iesus" issued by the Roman Catholic Magisterium in the year 2000, signed by Pope John Paul 11 on June 16, and Joseph Cardinal Ratzinger on August 6, which states: "The churches which, while not existing in perfect communion with the (Roman) Catholic Church, remain united to her by means of the closest bonds, that is, by Apostolic Succession and a valid Eucharist, are true particular churches." His Order is located in 24 countries. The HQ is in Ontario, California. Go to the website for more information http://www.orderofexorcists.weebly.com
Fifty Shades of Corinth. Speaking of doing bad stuff, Paul's been hearing some rumors. There's some steamy stuff going on in the bedroom, and he doesn't like it. He's heard that some guy is getting it on with his stepmom. Gross. It also happens to be against Jewish and Roman law. Paul wishes he were there in person so he could help, but never fear, all, he's there in Spirit. And he has so passed judgment on this guy in Spirit. This dude should be forced to live the rest of his life outside of the church. Basically, they're gonna throw him to Satan. Maybe if he suffers enough, God will save him in the end. Who knows though? Paul is extremely annoyed at the Corinthians' lax attitude about this stuff. Don't they know that even a little yeast can make bread dough rise? Translation: one bad person can ruin a whole church. It's time to clean those mixing bowls and start a new batch of dough. We're living in Passover times, y'all! Jesus is the lamb that has been slaughtered, so start acting like it! Paul thinks they need to be celebrating with some nice pure unleavened bread, not letting that evil yeast creep into their midst. Harsh words, Paul. Paul says that he wrote to the church before and told them not to have anything to do with immoral people. Of course, they misunderstood this. It would be kind of impossible not to associate with anyone who had a history of doing bad things. What he meant was, don't associate with other Christians who are immoral. Oh, good clarification. How do you know a fellow Christian is super-bad like this? Well, are they sexually immoral? Are they greedy? Are they an idolater? Do they verbally abuse others? Are they drunks? Are they thieves? Then you can just cross them off your list. Get them out of the church. Judge the heck out of them. (Hey, wait, Paul… didn't you just tell the Corinthians not to judge a little bit ago? Oh, never mind…) www.shmoop.com
Robert Freeman
From Robert Freeman, "I was once a well conditioned and idealistic young police officer who wanted to help and protect people and after many years in that profession I came to understand things are not quite what there seemed. Unltimately my police career ended and I am now a retired policeman in a continual fight for my entitlements as a sufferer of PTSD and the clinical depression which accompanies that change in my human function. I am an Australian male born in 1960 in a large rural town in the south eastern area of this country. My father was a sportsman and trucking contractor while mum was a nurse prior to the commencement of the family. I am second of four children and the eldest of three brothers. I joined the police cadets as a 16 year old in 1977. I was a country boy and city life was completely foreign to me. The saving grace was we lived in an old 1930's hotel near the main railway station in Melbourne. I loved the cadet training. I excelled in most all the aspects of this training and while I completed and graduated high school from the cadet academy I was also voted as the Senior Cadet. My first real notable experience came in the latter part of 1977 when after we had returned from a tour of Tasmania. I had a strange experience there I had what I would describe as my 'Jesus' experience. This was about the 20th August 1977. I felt there was a presence in the room (I was alone in my room at the academy this weekend after our trip, and I felt the urge to give my truth to Jesus Christ). I was not a religious person as such and I was not made to attend church as a boy growing up. The story about how my police career came to a halt and what transpired during the period leading to that and the occurrences which followed are intertwined and quite interesting. Suffice it to say my life was in the process of an irreversible transition".
Paul of Tarsus: Professional House Sitter The apostles are like house sitters taking care of God's place while he's temporarily out of town. Sure, you have to check the references for your house sitter, but other than that, you're good. And Paul's references—namely Jesus—are pretty ironclad. That's why the Corinthians shouldn't judge his work against the work of others. God has already vouched for him. It's not like Paul is never going to face judgment—but that, friends, is up to God himself. In short: don't do God's job for him, Corinthians. But then again, Paul tells them, maybe it's cool for you guys to judge in God's place because you're so amazing. Sarcasm alert! After all, the Corinthians are the greatest, right? They're rich as kings! They have power and wisdom and strength and everyone loves them! They're the best! (Not.) And the poor apostles—like Paul—are just poor and weak and hungry and thirsty and homeless and beaten and weary and… okay, we get it Paul. Daddy Dearest Look, Paul says, sarcastic comments aside, he's not trying to be a jerk. He doesn't want to embarrass the Corinthians or make them feel bad. Um, okay… He's kind of acting like their dad. Um, Paul, isn't that God's metaphor? Paul watches over them along with Jesus like a father. So do as he says, kids. Paul tells them that he's sending Timothy to Corinth so that he can remind the little children of the church how they should be acting. And if Paul doesn't hear a good report… well, then, he is going to have to come down there, young church! And he might be bringing his belt with him. Run, kids! Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Jacqueline Jones
Known as Savvy Jacqueline, Jacqueline is an “experiencer” who has been having paranormal activity her entire life that includes psychic predictions of natural disasters and events. She was advanced in mathematics at a very young age with a strong attraction to geometry, philosophy and history. Promoted to VP by the age of 30 by one of the largest corporations in world, she has been no stranger to success. She has received awards and praise for her innovative work, ideas and top performance. As an expert in Business, Management and Marketing; she has worn many hats in the corporate world, the entertainment industry as well as the world of philanthropy. She has managed million dollar portfolios, artists, and worked in concert production and radio. Jacqueline and has explored the subject of Ufology and extraterrestrials though research, expos, lectures and even voyaged to Egypt in 2012 with Project Camelot. She is a member of CERO (Close Encounter Resource Organization) created and led by Yvonne Smith, internationally known hypnotherapist. By sharing her experiences and allowing other contactees to know they are not alone, she hopes bring awareness of the abduction phenomenon and help others. Tonight we will be discussing synchronicities, Hollywood & current movie themes, Artificial Intelligence & our future.
Welcome! Today we are reading I Corinthians Chapter 3.
Wondering just who knows all about this in the Spirit stuff? Paul explains that when he came to the Corinthians, he couldn't speak to them like people in the Spirit because they weren't. They were like little babies who weren't ready to eat their mashed peas. Waaaaaah! Bad news though: they're still just sitting there like tiny babies crying in their high chairs. They're living in the flesh, not living in the Spirit. It just means that as long as they keep arguing about whom to follow, they're acting like boring old human beings and not like people who have been transformed by the Spirit of Christ. They're all serving the same God. Paul might have been the one who planted the seeds, then Apollos stepped in to water them, but it was God who made the plant grow. Paul laid the foundation and Apollos took over the building process after he left. The builder gets to build however he wants, but he still has to fit his little house to the foundation. They do need to be building on that spiritual foundation that Paul left. It's that or the fire is really gonna get you. Paul tells them, you guys are God's temples because God's Spirit is in all of you. Well, for starters, you shouldn't be destroying God's handiwork. If you do, the Almighty is gonna get you. Please don't lie to yourselves. Don't try to raise yourselves up and be smarter than everyone else. Instead, the Corinthians should want to be stupid. Well, God has a hard time reaching people who think they know everything, but stupid people? They're like a blank slate that God can write his name on. We're guessing after he writes it he draws little hearts around it. So again, don't brag about who you're following—Paul or Apollos or Cephas. Everyone belongs to God in the end. Thanks to shmoop
Jen Pio
Jen Pio has her Master's Degree in Forensic Psychology. She currently provides case management and outreach to the homeless community. She is a wife and mother with four beautiful daughters. Jen was born in Albuquerque, new Mexico. Her family then moved to California where she grew up in Long Beach. Jen loves playing softball and enjoying her family. She has always had experiences of what people call "de ja vu", or as she wouId like to say, "It's been seen". Her oldest daughter showed some psychic abilities at a very young age, but it trickled away as the years passed. She thinks partly because it was not focused on or encouraged enough. They currently live in Westminster, CA. for almost 2 years since moving from Kea'au, Hawaii where they lived for almost a year and a half. Jen will be speaking with us about the paranormal in Hawaii and her and her families experiences. One of the stories that we all have heard of is The Curse of Pele. "Pele’s Curse is the belief that anything natively Hawaiian, such as sand, rock, or pumice, will impart bad luck on whoever takes it away from the island. One version about the legend’s genesis is this: a disgruntled park ranger, angry at the number of rocks that were being taken from the islands by visitors, said that Pele would curse them with bad luck should they take anything. Another version often told is that bus drivers, tired of the dirt and grime brought on their buses by the tourists’ collection of rocks, started the story at the beginning of each tour to discourage the rock collecting. True or not, every year countless tourists send these back in order to escape the awful bad luck they acquired". (ZACH ROYER, paranormal Investigator.)
Happy Mother's Day! Especially to our Sacred Blessed Mother Mary. Today we are reading I Corinthians, Chapter 2. Paul tells us that when he came to Corinth, he wasn't some smart, smooth-talking guy.Actually, he was kind of weak and afraid and all-around pathetic. We're not sure Paul is giving himself enough credit here.The point is that Paul didn't try to appeal to them using human wisdom. He let himself be filled with the spirit and power of God. And who needs coherent sentences when you've got that?So the Corinthians learned about God not because Paul reasoned and argued them into believing it, but because they felt God through him.Nice humble brag, Paul. In the Know Besides, Christians don't need human wisdom. They have God's wisdom. It's waaaaay better, apparently.Just look at the people who run this world, Paul says. They're supposed to be "wise" and yet they put Jesus to death. Not such a smart move, guys.But Christians have the Spirit of God in them.That means they don't speak in terms that the rest of the world understands (Paul is probably referring to the practice of speaking in tongues, which can be pretty tough to understand).People who aren't living in the Spirit don't get this stuff. It just seems stupid or wrong to them.But, those who are in the Spirit know this stuff is right and from God. They don't answer to anyone or anything.They say that no one can know what God's thinking. But people in the Spirit do. They understand the mind of Christ. Whoa. Sounds like a pretty big responsibility. Thanks www.shmoop.com
Lauren Lawrence
Lauren Lawrence is the dreams columnist of the New York Daily News, an author of several books, and has starred in the TV show Celebrity Nightmares Decoded on the Biography channel. She is scheduled to be on an episode of Season 7 Real Housewives of New York in the fall. She's the former Political Dreams columnist of GEORGE magazine, the author of PRIVATE DREAMS OF PUBLIC PEOPLE, and the three Dream Keys series of books published by Dell: DREAM KEYS; DREAM KEYS FOR LOVE; DREAM KEYS FOR THE FUTURE. She's appeared on numerous TV shows: Lauren was profiled on EXTRA, was interviewed by Bill O'Reilly on The Factor. She has appeared on Fox and Friends, Red Eye, on CBS's The Early Show, The Tyra Banks Show, E's Star Treatment, CNN's Money Line and was recently on Dr. OZ. In the past she was a frequent guest on Joey Reynolds' WOR AM syndicated radio show. Lauren is known for interpreting the dreams of celebrities from Paris Hilton to Luciano Pavarotti, Michael Douglas to Kate Moss, Kurt Vonnegut to Brooke Astor. Between The Scenes on The Movie Channel filmed Lauren in her home while Nicky Hilton dropped by to have her dream interpreted.
Deb Suder
In our second segment, joining me will be Ded Suder. Deb Suder is a psychic medium that is a retired nurse. She grew up in a small town about 14 miles outside of Bedford, Pa. After living in Pittsburg, Pa. for a time, she was diagnosed with MS and moved back to her hometown. She continues to enjoy her life there with her two dogs Buddy and Skippy. Her gifts reveiled themselves after sessions with psychic medium Marla Frees brought memories of childhood abuse to the surface. She began making contact with spirits that came to her for help. She recently trained at The Monroe Institute and she plans to take many more courses in the future. We will be taking calls from listeners about their dreams.
Welcome everyone! Today we are reading I Corinthians!
Paul's letter starts with some basic introductions. Hey! Paul here. What up, Romans? As it turns out, Paul's never been to Rome, but he wants to go. Really, really badly. He's sending this letter ahead of him as a way of introducing himself… and of sharing lots (and we mean lots) of theological goodies. Paul's big concern is Jesus. He died so we could live the good life with God. All we have to do is believe in him and all our dreams will come true. It's only been twenty years since Jesus died, and not everyone is faithing it up quite yet. Come on, guys. Get with the program. Paul is especially worried about the Jewish people. See, Paul's a Jew himself, and he believes that Jesus is the Jewish Messiah and the continuation of all Jewish life and thought. But not every single Jew accepts this. Paul spends this entire letter struggling with the idea that non-believing Jews can't possibly be on God's good side. But he also can't quite shake the feeling that since they're God's chosen peeps, the Big Guy is gonna do something for them. Paul sure has his fingers crossed. There is a silver lining to all this non-believing, though. Because the Jewish people aren't all cool with Jesus, God has moved onto recruiting the Gentiles. Paul's kind of like the apostle to the Gentiles, so he's pretty psyched about this. The Gentile-Christians in Rome can be a little, well, full of themselves sometimes. They don't like the Jewish-Christians because they think that God rejected the Jews and Jewish law. No way! Paul tells them. He wants every Christian, regardless of their background, living in peace and harmony. Come on, guys. Can't we all just get along? And, as always, he gives full credit for every good thing to his Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. Peace. Paul, out. Thank you www.shmoop.co
Edwin and Marsha Becker are a very creative and beloved couple who became interested in the paranormal when they moved in to an extremely haunted house. Edwin Becker became a bestselling author with the release of his book True Haunting in 2011 about what happened to them as a young couple with a new baby in their own home. Marsha Becker, who co-hosts The Paranormal Angels radio show with author Geraldine Palmer Bouse. Marsha also creates beautiful rosaries and has made several for the Vatican. He has appeared on SYFY's Paranormal Witness in the record breaking season two finale, "The Tenants." He has acted as guest, host and co-host on numerous commercial and internet radio shows across the world. He was born in Chicago, Illinois, a Baby Boomer. Coming from an abusive broken home, he spent a number of elementary years in Maryville, a Catholic children's institution. There, he learned Latin and became an altar boy. He went on to become a professional musician and spent his later teen years traveling the states with an R&B Show band. During his travels, he met and married his wife of almost 50 years. In college Ed studied the emerging field of computers and became very successful. Later suffering a near fatal heart attack, he retired to the Ozarks where he opened a collectible store for a number of years. He has been writing original stories for over three decades for pure enjoyment. He has two daughters that have given him four granddaughters. They now reside in Missouri, where they enjoy the year around activity and entertainment with their children, grandchildren, tons of friends and several beloved pets. True Haunting II is due this summer. Visit www.TrueHaunting.com
Today we read the last Chapter in Romans. Romans 16. The last bit of the letter consists of some shout outs to Paul's friends in Rome. Talk about name-dropping.There are about twenty-six names in all, but we'll just hit a few of the biggies:He first mentions a woman named Phoebe who Paul calls a "deacon." She's probably the person who is carrying his letter from Corinth to Rome.There's a married couple—Prisca and Aquilla—who have stuck their necks out for Paul lots of times.And Andronicus and Junia, a Jewish couple who were in prison with Paul and whom he calls "prominent among the apostles."Then Paul takes a break from his "hellos" to drop in a warning: watch out for false prophets. They don't follow Christ and they're only out for themselves. They're pretty good at tricking people into following them, though. So—eternal vigilance!Back to greetings! Paul puts in a few hiyas from the folks in Corinth. Timothy, Lucius, Jason, Sosipater, Tertius, Gaius, Erastus, and Quartus all say hello.Lastly, Paul gives one final shout out to God. He brings strength to all Christians through the good news of Jesus Christ.He has revealed a super-secret mystery to us so that now everyone—Jew and Gentile—can share in his Godly goodness.Amen and done! A big thank you to those at www.shmoops.com!
Jerry Avalos
Jerry Avalos is a lead researcher & developer for Intrinsic Energy Innovations Inc. and Quanta Fuel Technologies, applying his understanding of how intuition and quantum mechanics meet by creating nano and scalar technology. Jerry is a born natural intuitive lucid dreamer, experiencing the full gambit of what most call "paranormal", metaphysical, and spiritual experiences all his life. Which also includes being an unknowing test subject in intuitive projects in the shadow government known as military abductions(or MILAB). Through the insight he has garnered from his nightly astral travels and daily intuits, Jerry has developed & honed various techniques for expansion of consciousness. These experiences have also given Jerry tremendous insight into principles of quantum mechanics such as entanglement, which directly translate to the products he is currently developing.
Good morning! Today we are reading Romans Chapter 15.
Really, Paul just wants all the Romans to live in harmony together and glorify God together without worrying about their differences. Remember, Christ is with the Jewish-Christians and the Gentile-Christians, too. So let's all play nice. Paul actually has a good feeling about the Romans. He knows they're upstanding people who are knowledgeable and can help each other do what's right by God. He's only written to them to tell them all this and to give them advice because of his special relationship with God. What can we say. The Big Guy loves helping Paul write all his correspondence. Not that's he's bragging or anything. Paul would only ever brag about all the good things that God has done through him. So modest. For example, Paul has won tons of converts through the entire Roman Empire, but that's all God's doing. He made that happen. Paul's not usually in the business of preaching about Jesus where people already know him. He also doesn't usually come into a church community he didn't found, like the one in Rome, and start handing out advice. No, never. That's why he hasn't been to see the Roman Christians in person yet. He's been meaning to, but there are just so many non-believers who need to hear the good news first hand. Paul's got a busy schedule. But now he's fresh out of non-believers to convert in the area, so he's going to head over to Rome soon and stay a while on his way to preach the gospel in Spain. Oh, bull fighting? Not, quite. Before that, Paul has got to make a quick pit stop in Jerusalem. The folks in Macedonia and Achaia have taken up a nice collection for the poor there and he's gonna drop off the money. Mission possible! Special thanks to www.shmoop.com.
TINA MARIE CAOUETTE
Tina's a native of Massachusetts, but moved to Las Vegas in 2008 with her three loveable golden retrievers. That moved was a significant turning point in her life for a number of reasons but, the biggest, her recent UFO as well as abduction experiences that occurred while living in the outskirts of sin city. These occurrences have completely transformed the way she lives her life today and directed her to writing her first fiction book Alien Deceptions in 2011. A novel, as she describes it, as fiction based on fact. It has also lead her on a path of discovering the truth or at least her version of it, behind this mysterious phenomenon. Tina spent a couple of years with the Las Vegas UFO Hunters, and started with them Majestic 12 TV. Tina spent her off hours as a MUFON investigator. Living in Las Vegas gave her a unique opportunity to investigate local sightings. However, many of these reports were very much explainable as local air traffic and Venus. It airs every Friday night at Midnight Pacific Standard time for two hours and now is the number one paranormal show in the Las Vegas Valley. Tina is also in the process of moving her show over to her own Radio Network KCOR Radio that you can listen to worldwide at www.kcorradio.com. This station has an array of programing from the paranormal, news, and music. Tina is in the process of writing her follow up book to Alien Deceptions called Project Deep Core, as well as her memoirs detailing her own personal UFO experiences titled We Are Not Gods. Her first kid’s book, Case of the Missing Sneaker, released in March of 2015. Tina has also joined forces with The Otherside Press and will be writing a monthly article on their site called, Walking Up in Dreamland. In the summer of 2014 Tina was the guide to Area 51 for a UK Film Crew shooting a reality TV show called, Educating Joey Essex.
Good Morning! Happy Easter to all the Orthodox Christians! Christos Anesti! We are reading Romans Chapter 14.
There's more from our favorite lecturer…Paul! If people don't have a strong faith, then by all means, invite them over. But don't do it just so you can start a huge argument with them. Sounds like Paul has been to a Thanksgiving dinner or two. For example, some Christians will eat anything at all, even foods that other Christians consider unholy (like non-kosher foods or anything that's been sacrificed to the Roman gods). But it's silly to make a big deal about what other people are eating. God is totally fine with all these eating practices and you should be, too. The same problem happens with days of the week. Some people think one day is the best day to honor God, while other people don't care. So it's all fine. Eat what you're gonna eat, honor God when you're gonna honor him. It's really all okay. Look, it's not about us, Paul says. Jesus died and rose again. Do you really think he cares about who's right when it comes to what food you're eating? He's got bigger fish to fry. So there's no reason to be passing judgment on each other because everyone is going to have to answer to Jesus one day. Yeah, let him sort it out. Paul doesn't personally think that there are foods that should be put on the "Do Not Eat" list, but he won't fret if other Christians do. Just trust in God. If you think God wants you to lay off the booze, then do it. If you think God is fine with you firing up some pork chops, then by all means. But really, guys, Paul tells them. Let's not destroy the kingdom of God over a couple slices of bacon. Okay? Thank you www.shmoop.com
This week: Pamela Loffredo
Pamela Loffredo is former York County Maine MUFON State Section Director and Field Investigator, appointed by Leland "Bud" Bechtel, (Maine MUFON State Dircetor) in 1992. She has been a Research Specialist in the field of UFOlogy and Extraterrestrial Visitation for over 30 years, after a series of close encounter sightings in the Hudson Valley Region of New York State, during a UFO "wave" of activity in the early 1980's. Pamela has come to discover that she has been a "Contactee" Experiencer since the age of 4. Sightings and Contacts continued in various manifestations, including a UFO fly over of her current residence on August 8th 2010, with a sighting of a space craft, with two other witnesses present. Leaving the traditional Medical Profession in 1997 having served as a Physician's Assistant for over 17 years, Pamela is employed as a Professional Psychic/Medium/Medical Intuitive/Healing Channel and Reiki Master Teacher at Leapin' Lizards Holistic Center in Portland, Maine. Pamela is the host of radio show STARSEED CENTRAL, through Starborn Support Radio who just won several awards in the field of Paranormal/Ufology, including best new radio show 2014! She is on the air every other Sunday evening from 9:30-10:00 PM. Pamela has also recently appeared on local PBS Television with Host Gloria Nye of "Spirits, Mediums and Things that go Bump in the Night. Pamela is currently working on her first publication, "Medicine" for a New Humanity. We will be discussing all things Paranormal, Predictions, UFO/Alien Contact and other fascinating topics! www.soundfuturesdirect.com/starseedcentral www.blogtalkradio.com/starbornsupport
starbabe777@hotmail.com
Happy Easter!!! Today we are reading Romans Chapter 13.
Paul's spree of advice continues. Everyone should obey people in positions of authority. After all, all authority comes from God, so all the authority figures running around out there must have been hand-picked by God. Makes sense… sort of. That means if you go against someone in a position of authority, then you're really going against God. Remember that next time you throw paper airplanes at your Spanish teacher. Basically, Paul says, if you just keep walking the straight and narrow and don't step out of line you should be fine. If you do, those authority figures have swords and they're not afraid to wield them. (Ironic historical footnote: about 10 years after writing this, Paul was executed by the Roman authorities. Wonder if that might make him revise his thoughts in this section just a little?) Same thing goes for paying taxes. Sorry, Tea Party and Henry David Thoreau—you've got to pay them. If you owe money to the government, fork it over. And if you owe respect and honor to people in positions of power, then start practicing your groveling now. Don't walk around owing anyone anything. Period. Oh, except love. You should owe everyone love all the time. And pay it as often as possible. That's the essence of all of Jewish law anyway, love. Paul thinks the Ten Commandments can pretty much be boiled down to "Love your neighbor as yourself." It's really pretty simple, guys. The hour is at hand. Salvation is coming soon to a theater near you. Any minute now, Jesus is gonna come down from Heaven again and make some non-believers feel pretty darn foolish. Yup. He's talking about the second coming, folks. So let's all just be good little boys and girls so we can always be prepared for this. Basically just keep focused on Christ and do what's good all the time. Easy, right? Thanks to shmoop.com
Ron James
Ron James is a prolific award-winning filmmaker and writer. He is author of the Book "Messiah, Awakenings". He refers to Messiah: Awakenings as an action-adventure for the soul. In his book Christ returns to face the New World Order. The idea for ‘Messiah: Awakenings’ came from the realization that maybe our leaders are merely puppets, manipulated by a hidden cabal with an insidious agenda. Ron James' Internet TV network, Ivolve TV, is a media outlet dedicated to such topics. Ron hosts the online show, “Bigger Questions,” which explores mysteries such as: life after death, our place in the universe and the fusion of science and religion, which he believes is crucial to humanity’s future. He specializes in topics that enrich human understanding. James has covered topics such as: New Science, the Paranormal, Metaphysics and Contemporary Spirituality. James has won many awards including the EBE Award for ET related films four times. Recent Producer / Unit Director / Camera: The Citizen Hearing on Disclosure, Travis and many others. Among his many awards he was also winner of EBE Awards Best Picture and People's Choice 2012 and 2015. Please note: Kindle Unlimited subscribers and Amazon Prime members who own a Kindle can read Messiah: Awakenings for free. Others using Kindle or the Kindle APP can buy their copy for only $7.99. A limited edition of signed paperback copies is available on the book’s Web site. The second installment of this saga, tentatively entitled, Messiah: Paradox, will be released soon! www.Ivolvetv.com, www.ReadMessiah.com. Agent, Karen Reider: karenvreider@gmail.com
Good morning Church! Today we are reading Romans Chapter 12.
Paul has some ideas for Christians who really want to live in harmony with each other and be close to God. Christians should give their whole being over to God so he can fill them up with everything that is good and wonderful and all around awesome in his eyes.They do not want to be doing what everyone else is doing (it's so conformist), but they want to be transformed into new people who can intimately know God. Sounds like a plan. Some pointers to start: don't get cocky, keep a level head, and use common sense. Good ideas… we should be taking notes. Paul says that Christians are like the different parts of the body. Everyone has different gifts, too. Some people are good at predicting the future, some at ministering to others, some at teaching, some are generous, some are natural leaders, and some are just plain compassionate. All these gifts are important and a-okay with God. Overall, Christians should do what's loving and give a big roundhouse kick to the face to everything that's evil. They should love each other a lot, serve God, be patient when bad things happen, welcome strangers who need their help, be kind to people who are out to get them, and basically live in harmony with everyone and everything. Oh, Lord, kumbaya. As for people who tick you off, don't be filled with anger and vengeance. Leave that up to God. "Vengeance is mine, I will repay, says the Lord." You should even be cool to your enemies. If they need food, give it to them. If they're hungry, crack open an ice cold Coke and hand it over. Really just kill them with kindness, Paul says. It's the only way that you might make them feel ashamed of what they're doing to you. Paul sums all this up with a final piece of advice: don't get taken over by evil. Instead, take over the whole world with good. Totally. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Butch Witkowski
Butch Witkowski, FFSc, Director, Founder, UFO Research Center of Pennsylvania-Editor, JAAR, Journal of Alien Abduction Research, Member Institute of Frontier Science ParaNexus™ Consultant/Advisor – Ufology Member Académie d'Ufologie, Former MUFON Chief Investigator, Star Team Investigator, and State Section Director. Former Law Enforcement Officer.Associate - P&M Fortean Research . From Butch, "I’ve been an Independent Researcher since 1989 when I, along with 4 other people, witnessed a UFO of unbelievable size quietly hover above a mountain in Tucson, Arizona. It was totally silent. Burn Copper in color and at least three football fields in length. It moved slowly up and down, then rose upwards, moved forward, and then vanished at lightning speed. We all agreed on what we had just seen. However, calls to the Sheriffs Dept., the news media, and the local Air Force base yielded no sighting reports. I began my own investigation into the UFO Phenomenon on that day. After joining MUFON, I was able to dig deeper into past and existing cases and pursue even more on site investigations. It was time to go about this work in a different manner, and after almost a year of serious reflection and consideration, I started the UFO Research Center of Pennsylvania in 2009 and brought together some of the best like-minded researchers I could find. We have also fielded two fully equipped mobile units and have affiliate groups in eleven states and two in Europe". www.uforcop.com
butch218@dejazzd.com www.uforcop.com
Romans Chapter 11~
Paul says. God most definitely has not rejected the Jews. After all, they're his peeps. His main squeeze. His chosen crew. Paul should know. He's one of them, after all. He tells us the story of Elijah to demonstrate. When Elijah's whole community had turned against him and started worshipping other gods, God told him that it was cool. See, God still saved a few of those people for himself. A few that hadn't totally gone over to the dark side. The same is true now, Paul says. Some Jews have been chosen for salvation because God is just oh-so-nice like that. It's true. As a whole, the Jews have stumbled a bit when it comes to believing in Jesus. But Paul is careful to note that doesn't mean they've fallen flat on their faces. No sireee. Sure, they did trip over their own feet while they were supposed to be running the ball in for the touchdown. But God hasn't permanently benched them. He's just brought in the second team. Jesus came to bring God's message to the Jews. Now, because the Jews don't all believe in him, God has decided to spread his message out to non-Jews. After all, the Jews are like a tree with holy roots. Each individual person is a branch on that tree. But some of the branches have died and fallen off. In their place, God grafted on some wild olive branches that didn't belong on the tree (the Gentiles) They're growing and fitting in nicely though so it's all good.The one problem is that sometimes these new branches can get a bit cocky. But Paul reminds them not to get too full of themselves. After all, they're not the ones supporting the tree. That's a job for the Jewish roots. Anyway, they only got a spot on the tree because some of the branches fell off. They should be grateful they're even on there. God didn't go easy on the original branches. Thank you www.shmoot.com
Lynne D. Kitei, M.D. is an internationally acclaimed physician and award winning health educator with a distinguished career spanning over 35 years. She was the Chief Clinical Consultant of the Imaging-Prevention-Wellness Center at the renowned Arizona Heart Institute in Phoenix before pushing her successful medical career aside to pursue the source and meaning of the historic Arizona mass sighting event of March 13, 1997, which has become known across the globe as the "Phoenix Lights". Dr. Kitei has dedicated her life work to community education, appearing as the resident health reporter for NBC affiliates in Philadelphia and Phoenix, as well as USA Cable and worldwide since 1976. After coming forward in 2004, her riveting photo evidence & interviews have been featured in hundreds of radio & print interviews, including Coast to Coast AM, as well as TV & Feature Films including SIRIUS, THRIVE,The After-Life Project. National Geographic TV, FOX Network News, and many more. Dr. Lynne’s contact info: http://www.thephoenixlights.net
Patti Negri is a psychic-medium and “good” witch. She was voted number one psychic, medium, tarot reader and witch / magical practitioner in the world for 2014 - 2015. She has recently graced 5 magazine covers including American Psychic & Medium, Art, UFO and Supernatural, Parapsychology and Mind Power, Extraterrestrials Magazine and Stars Illustrated and contributed or been a part of over 20 books, several of which are Amazon Bestsellers. Patti is honored to be considered one of the best psychics in LA, US and around the world as evident by her winning these awards for the past 3 consecutive years. As a producer, Patti owns Brain Brew Entertainment, a theatrical production company that specializes in live entertainment. www.PattiNegri.com
Good morning church! Today we are reading Romans Chapter #10. Yes, we started at the begining of the Gospels and made it this far. Don't give up now, let's keep going!!!
Hey, don't get Paul wrong. He really wants all the non-Christ loving Jews to be saved. He knows that they really love God, they're just a tiny bit mixed up about a couple important things. For example, Jews mainly focus on the saving power of Jewish law. They think living by the rules of the Torah is going to get them in good with God. Wrong, Paul says. All that is over with. Christ is the law's end all be all. He's the fulfillment of everything it says, in fact. Game. Set. Match. Now, all you have to do is say you believe in Jesus and then actually believe those words in your heart and you're golden. It's that simple. See? There isn't really any difference between Jews and Gentiles. God will save them both… if they only call on him. Okay, but the big problem is that you can't call on someone you don't believe in. We're guessing it's because you keep dialing the wrong number. And why don't the Jews believe? Paul's glad you asked. And now, because the Jewish people have turned their back on the good news, God is giving salvation away to the Gentiles. Meanwhile, the non-believing Jews are being totally disobedient and rude. Come on, guys. Get with the program already. Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Robyn L. Reynolds
Robyn’s book, Let Them Know...That I am Here, is a remarkable story of life after death demonstrated with beautiful spirit photography from around the world. With the choice of how to be in this life after a devastating loss of an only child, a journey began to not live in the grief of this loss, but to honor the essence of this child and the lives that remained yet lived. This decision brought with it a journey of discovery and connection to not only what they thought they had lost but to some of the mystery and magic of life itself. Robyn cultivates these connections to the afterlife by inviting spirit into her life - on the ordinary days as well as special days set aside to celebrate, travel or simply remember - and she asks those in attendance in spirit to validate their presence in pictures she takes along the way. Robyn takes great joy in introducing the spirits connected to her to the spirits she meets - connecting her loved ones to your loved ones - for they are all around us still supporting, loving, responding and interacting with each of us. Robyn provides Cultivating Connections to the After Life workshops and travel tours teaching how to connect to our loved ones and the spirits of the lands through spirit photography. It is in the sharing of our experiences that one can grow beyond what we know. For those interested in sharing their magical experiences Robyn created the publishing company The Traveling Soul Press. For more information on Robyn please visit: robynlreynolds.com Contact Robyn: Robyn@robynlreynolds.com Phone: 470.377.3434 Additional Links: thetravelingsoulpress.com thetravelingsoulmarket.com
Good morning church!!! Today we are reading Romans Chapter 9.
So, everything is good and happy now, right? See, Paul is a Jew who believes in Jesus, but, unfortunately, not all Jews are like him. Even though Jesus and his original followers were Jewish and their message was first given to the Jewish people, Christianity is increasingly becoming a Gentile religion. Jews are just not getting the message. He thinks everyone needs to believe in Jesus—both Jews and Gentiles—so what's going to happen to all the Jews who don't believe? Let's see…First, the Jewish people are obviously very special to God. He gave them the patriarchs and the law and his promises. Tons of good things have come from them. BagelsBut, Paul concludes, the ones who haven't accepted Jesus aren't truly God's people then. This means that being born Jewish isn't enough to get in good with God. You can't just follow God's law; you have to believe in his promise. Paul goes back to Abraham again. Abraham believed God when he promised that he would have a son. And that son, Isaac, was the second born, but God liked him better. Way to play favorites, Lord. The same goes for Rebecca, who had twins, Jacob and Esau. Even though Esau was the first-born, God took a shining to Jacob. He created the world and he can do what he wants with it. When a potter makes a clay bowl, does the bowl start complaining? No. So if God lets evil people be evil in order to show off his wrath, what's it to you? And maybe God smiles on certain people sometimes. He can totally do that if he wants to. Even the Bible says that God loves non-Jews and that not all Jews are going be saved. We're sure that's in there somewhere. Some Gentiles, who weren't trying to do right by God, have now ended up believing. Some Jews, who are supposed to be doing what God asks, have rejected him. A special thanks to www.shmoop.com
Gary S. Bobroff
Gary S. Bobroff, is the primary developer and facilitator of the Archetypal Nature workshop www.ArchetypalNature.com. He delivers the depth of Jungian approaches in an accessible, engaging, and visual-oriented form. He is hosting the inaugural webinar on Archetypal Nature via SynchCast beginning March 14th. He has an M.A. in Psychology from Pacifica Graduate Institute and his first book, Crop Circles, Jung & the Reemergence of the Archetypal Feminine, was published in August 2014 by North Atlantic Books - www.JungAndCropCircles.net. You can follow his soulful in-depth Jungian writing on modern questions at www.GSBobroff.com.
Welcome Church! This week we are reading Romans Chapter 8.
So Jesus has come, so we're not slaves to the law. Huzzah! Paul explains, Christians live under "the law of the Spirit." This is kind of like the laws of the Torah, but without worrying about following all 613 individual rules. Circumcision, for example, is optional (which is good news for male converts). In Jesus, God did what the law couldn't—he punched sin in the face and reunited the world with him again. Nice work, God. Non-believers don't share in this, though. They just walk around like ordinary, puny humans, thinking of ordinary, puny things. They can't possibly be thinking of God or following his laws because they don't believe in Jesus. But believers have lives and hearts that are filled with the spirit of God. And they're going to be best buds with God forever because of it. Believers have been adopted into God's family. They're his sons and daughters and he would totally do anything for them. Sure, it's true, Paul says, people are suffering. But all that's fine. It's gonna work out. Really. Plus, later, the rewards are going to far outweigh all the bad stuff everyone has been going through. Every part of creation is waiting for God. Soon, everyone and everything is going to be set free from sin and death and evil. It's all going to be awesome-sauce. And the people who are tight with God now—well, things are gonna work out for them big time, Paul tells us. Seriously, God sent his son to die for us. Don't you think he'll help us with all the other stuff we're going through? The Big Guy always has your back. It doesn't matter if Christians are arrested or persecuted or condemned or even killed—nothing is going to separate them from the love of God.
Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Shawn Robbins
Shawn Robbins, noted author/psychic and paranormal researcher has been ranked one of the top ten psychics in the world. She was a special consultant for the New York City Police Department, (murder and white collar crime cases) United States Navy, (psychic spying) and numerous leading corporations. She is an expert in the field of mystical, spiritual and psychic sciences, having lectured extensively on these subjects throughout her career. Shawn was one of the first three original psychics in the CIA Stargate program trained to spy on the Russian Government. Her code name was Madame Zodiac. Shawn is the author of four highly successful books, including the newly released hard back book Wiccapedia, (Sterling Publishers) now in its second printing, as well as “Shawn Robbins Prophecies For The End Of Time,” (Avon Publishers) “More Prophecies For The Coming Millennium.” (Avon Publishers) ,and “Ahead OfMyself,” (Prentice Hall). She is the ghost writer for many of the top Internet Astrology sites, both for adults and teenagers. And was a former radio talk show host on WABC radio New York City on the paranormal. Shawn lives in New York City. She is an avid collector of rare occult books, board games, Tarot and Astrological books dating back to the early eighteenth century. Currently, Shawn is working on a new book proposal “Into The Mystic” with noted best-seller author Shelly Hagen. Her recent 2015 predictions just appeared in the Examiner newspaper. Shawn Robbins main mission in life is to inspire and empower people to become the best that they can be - by using their innate psychic powers to take charge of their destiny!
Good morning church! Join us as we have our weekly Bible study! Romans Chapter 7.
Paul goes on to talk more about the role of Jewish law. He says that the law only applies to people who are alive, but that Christians are dead to the world and dead to the law. Thus, they don't have to obey all those fussy rules anymore. Sweet! It's kind of like when a man and woman get married—they have to stay faithful to each other. But if the husband dies, all bets are off. Now the wife can remarry and it's a-okay with everyone. Plus, she gets double wedding presents. Basically, Paul's saying that because of Jesus, Jewish law is dead. Christians have remarried and belong with God now. He's their dream guy. Before all that, we were slaves to the law and sin, but now we're free to run barefoot in a meadow with the Holy Spirit. How exhilarating. Now, wait just a second, Paul… it sounds like you're saying Jewish law is sinful. Oh no, Paul explains. You're misunderstanding! The law isn't sinful, but it does point out all kinds of sin to us… making that sin look oh-so delicious. See, if no one had ever said, "Don't steal stuff," would we have even thought of stealing? Um, Paul, you're losing us. Look, the law is good, Paul says. Don't get him wrong. It's doing its best, but really it can't hold a candle to the power of sin. Ooooh, what's the power of sin? Well, it just means that sin has major pull over people. We may try to follow the law and do good things, but we just keep getting drawn back towards doing bad things. Blame it on the sin. See, we're just weak, sad little mortal beings who can't help but do bad things. And sin usually looks pretty good to us. But the good news is, there's someone who can get us off this crazy merry-go-round of sin. You guessed it—it's Jesus! It's always Jesus. Thanks to Shmoop.com
Steve Hudgeons, Jr.
Born January 21, 1950 in Fort Worth, Texas. Graduated 1968 at Diamond Hill Jarvis. Joined the US Navy 1969 and has 4 ½ years of honorable service and 3 ½ years of honorable service in the US Navy Reserve. Steve joined MUFON in 1991. Steve was appointed as Texas Chief Investigator in 1995.. He was part of the original Star Team conducting Star Team investigations in Texas. In 2008 he lead a group of Field Investigators to Stephenville / Dublin, Texas to investigate what is now known as “The Stephenville Lights.” In 2009 he became the MUFON State Director of Texas until 2012 and was appointed as MUFON Director of Investigations. Steve has 20 years of community service with many volunteer organizations, such as, Little League, Neighborhood Council, Community Policing with the Fort Worth Police Department, C.O.P Search Team, C.O.P. Base Radio Operator. Steve is an Estimator, Draftsman, OSHA Outreach Trainer, and Safety Director for a multi-million dollar construction company. He is also is owner of Infinity Industries, and owner / host of The Texas UFO Radio Show and the MUFON Radio Show. Steve is currently the MUFON Director of Investigations. https://www.facebook.com/pages/The-Texas-UFO-Radio-Show/249261215177333?fref=ts
Welcome church! We have set aside some time on Sunday morning for Bible study, prayer and reading inspirational stories. Join us! Today we are reading Romans 6. "Okay, so it's cool to sin, right? After all, Jesus did die to erase our sins, so we can just let him work all that out after we get done coveting our neighbor's wife over here…Um, no, Paul says (and probably rolls his eyes). Look, he explains, if you're baptized in Christ, then you're baptized in his death. Wait, what? Let's break it down: when you're baptized, you symbolically die and are reborn as a new person. That's because Jesus died and rose again. When you die, you leave all your sin behind. Now, you're fresh and new and super holy. Very nice.But wait… you still might want to sin because people kind of love sinning.Paul tells Christians that they need to keep presenting themselves as this new person. Don't go back to being the old person you were. Don't be a slave to sin. Free at last!Okay, but since Jesus kind of does away with Jewish law and not everyone has to follow it, isn't sinning actually kind of fine? Come on, guys, Paul says. This time he's really rolling his eyes.You can only pick one—either you want to serve sin or serve God. You can't do both. Besides, what has sin ever gotten you? A nice car? A good job? A hot girlfriend?Okay, but did sin ever get you eternal life with God? Didn't think so. Oh, friends, Paul says, "the wages of sin is death." Why work hard to earn death when God is giving out eternal life for free through Jesus? Act now… even though supplies are unlimited". Thanks to Shmoop.com
Carlo S. Carnevalini
Carlo S. Carnevalini was born in Nicaragua and raised a devout Catholic. At the age of six he had his first encounter with extraterrestrial beings. Two years later he read his first novel and fell in love with writing. He wrote, directed and often starred in popular plays for a local puppet theater and while attending grammar and junior high school. After a war broke out in Nicaragua, Carlo moved to Los Angeles, California where he finished high school. Thereafter, he studied film production and volunteered his time at the American Film Institute. His various extraterrestrial and paranormal experiences continued and he began to question his own faith. While taking a test for his pilot’s license, he had a severe paranormal vision almost causing the plane to crash. Feeling alone he hid his experiences from everyone until one day he discovered the book “Communion” which detailed the extraterrestrial experiences of its author, Whitley Streiber. This book inspired him to write his own book about his life. He married and lived in Florida for more than a decade, but his experiences continued to haunt him. Ending his marriage amicably to deal with his demons, he moved back to Los Angeles to focus on writing his book, “The Curse of the Gifted.” Carlo loves animals and has three dogs Foxy, Dee Dee and Lox, and a cat named Kylee. His favorite LA spots are Hollywood, Malibu and Chinatown. Read more about Carlo on his blog. https://www.facebook.com/carlo.carnevalini
Welcome everyone to Sacred Sunday! We cordially invite you to join us for our regular Sunday Morning Bible Study! 11:00am PST.
Romans Chapter 5
Even though Paul looks down on Christians bragging about their accomplishments, he does say that there are a few instances where it's good to get a little boastful. Basically, Christians can brag about what God has done for them and their hope that one day they'll be hanging with him in Heaven. Note: the word is "hope" not "certainty." They can also brag about their suffering because, hey, what doesn't kill you only makes you stronger, right? Plus, who doesn't want to hear a good I-was-almost-stoned-to-death-for-my-faith story? Oh, and of course, Christians should talk up what God has done for them by sending Jesus. This is a big one. Christians should actually probably be talking about this a lot. Paul certainly does. Just think, if God loved the whole world back when we were just huge jerks to him, just think how much he digs us now that we're walking the straight and narrow. He definitely hearts us now. A lot. Okay, but how can just one person's actions (i.e., Jesus' death) change the whole world? Well, Paul tells us, just look at Adam. Okay, we're listening…See, silly Adam just couldn't resist taking a little nibble of that fruit (even though that was literally the one thing God asked him not to do). And because Adam couldn't follow a simple direction, he and Eve and everyone else that came after them got served one big eviction notice for Paradise. But then God sent Jesus into the world. And Jesus gave up his life to wipe away all the sins that came before him. All in a day's work. So one guy brought sin and death into the world. Thousands of years later, another guy brought salvation and eternal life to the world. Well, we know which one we're addressing the thank you card to.
Lyn Ragan
Lyn Ragan knew at the age of fourteen that she would write a book one day. She subscribed to True Crime and True Detective, reading each edition faithfully while plotting her fiction novel she never wrote. Twenty-five years later, she met the love of her life never thinking she'd be involved in a real-life crime. After her fiancé's murder, she followed his guidance by way of ADC's, (After Death Communications) and penned their first two books, Wake Me Up! Love and The Afterlife, and, We Need To Talk: Living With The Afterlife. Her newest release is, Signs From The Afterlife: Identifying Gifts From The Other Side. While writing her first novel, Lyn was introduced to the spiritual arts of energy work. She pursued meditation and went on to study Reiki Healing, Aura Energy, and Chakra Balancing. She later used her studies to become a professional Aura Photographer, an Ordained Minister, a Children's Book author, and a publisher. Lyn enjoys sharing her afterlife experiences with Chip and hopes their story sheds new light on continuing relationships with loved ones passed. She lives in Atlanta with her fur-kids, Scooby, Chipper, Dusty, and Scooter. Lyn can be found online at www.LynRagan.com, and Facebook at WakeMeUpBook, WeNeedToTalkBook, and SignsFromTheAfterlife.
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! Today we are reading Romans Chapter 4!
How does Paul know all this? Because of Abraham. Remember him from way back in Genesis?Paul explains that the Bible tells us that Abraham believed in God, and because of this, God thought he was a swell guy. And it certainly wasn't because he was an awesome juggler (he wasn't). God liked Abraham because Abraham had faith in him. God is pretty big on people putting their faith in him. Well, just remember that God was cool with Abraham before he was even circumcised. In fact, the main reason that Abraham got circumcised was to mark himself with a sign of his new relationship with God. So Abraham is basically a stand-in for everyone who has ever believed in God, but has not been circumcised. Gentile-Christians, we're looking at you. Like Abraham, no one has to work to get on God's good side. You just gotta have faith. Really, Paul says, if people could just go around doing nice things and win God's favor, then what would be the point of believing at all? When God promised Abraham that he would have lots of kids and that he would go on to be "the father of many nations," Abraham didn't doubt God. Sure, Abraham was over a hundred years old. And his wife, Sarah, was pretty much barren. But Abraham still believed it would happen. And you know what? It did. Now that's some strong believing. So there, Paul says. Faith! Abraham had faith in God's promises. If someone believes in Jesus—that he died so that our sins could be crossed off God's ledger and that he came back to life so that we could be square with God again—then that person is a-okay by God. (Thank you to www.shmoop.com)
Marty Rosenblatt
Marty Rosenblatt’s focus at APP is to attract more people and groups to work with APP, and to act as Group Manager for several APP groups. He is both an Associative Remote Viewer (ARVer) and Analyst/Judge (AJer), applying the 1ARV protocol. Marty, is an expert on the science of precognition and its various protocols. Marty, may be the foresmost authority on all things related to precognition.
Marty is also President of Physics Intuition Applications, which he founded in 1998 to apply Remote Viewing (RV) to predicting stock market and sporting event outcomes; he writes the online magazine, "Connections Through Time". Marty teaches financial and sports precognitive application workshops with other experienced experts from the Remote Viewing community, including Russell Targ, Skip Atwater, Stephan Schwartz and Paul Elder. Marty has a M.S. in physics from UCLA.
From Marty," My vision is for a world society where precognition is applied as a practical and educational tool that which eventually becomes commonplace as human beings consciously adjust to being non-local and having immense potentials. Potentials that is so much greater than we now accept as the current state of consciousness. I believe we can evolve into infinite consciousness. The work we do at the Applied Precognition Project gives us glimpses of this".
Good morning church! Thank you for joining us today! Today we are reading:
Romans Chapter 3:
It's not that Paul's saying that being a Jew who follows Jewish law and is circumcised is not a big deal, because it totally is. It's great actually! Twenty points to the children of Israel! Paul tells us that the Jews were the first people God shared his wisdom and laws with, so he knows they're cool in the Big Guy's eyes. Sure, it's true that some Jewish people have been unfaithful to God over the years. For example: there are all those Jews who still stubbornly refused to believe Jesus is the messiah. (Not cool, according to Paul.) But everyone lies. Everyone sins. No one really knows God. Way to bring us down, Paul.The good news is this doesn't make any difference to God. The crappiness of the world just reveals how awesome God actually is. Sweet. Again, Paul stresses that Jews and Gentiles are on the same footing. No one gets a head start in the race to salvation. This is basically because God sent Jesus to save everyone in the entire world. Only he can help us stop being so sinful and jerky all the time. Yes, Paul says, Jewish law tells us what sin is and that's super important. (So, don't chuck out those Torahs just yet, guys.) But the most important thing now is that God has sent Jesus. This is the natural continuation of Jewish law, but it's also outside of it. Whoa, Paul's blowing our minds. Look, basically, God is going to save everyone who believes in Jesus no matter what their background was before they came to believe. Everyone sins. That means everyone needs Jesus. It's pretty simple. Thanks to shmoop.com
Bastia Marlowe
Bastia Marlowe was born in and grew up in New Orleans, LA under another name. There, she lived amongst the living and the dead, spent her early adolescence immersed in rain, attended Catholic church, and roamed the city's haunted and flavored streets. She loved all things New Orleans and once stood in line for 5 hours to be included in the film adaption of fellow New Orleanian Anne Rice's "Interview with a Vampire." After a stint of performing theater and writing, she moved to Los Angeles in 2001 in her 20s hoping to experience ghosts but mainly exists among the walking dead. She mostly misses Audubon Park, the low-hanging branches of trees lining St. Charles Ave., stage lights, hole-in-the-wall restaurants, NOMA, driving through City Park, creaky floors in old houses, old cemeteries, and rain. Bastia Marlowe is the great-grand daughter of Marie Laveau.
About Marie Catherine Laveau (September 10, 1801 - June 16, 1881 ) was a practitioner of Voodoo renowned in New Orleans. (As for the date of her birth, while popular sources often say 1794, the records indicate 1801.) Her daughter, Marie Laveau II, (1827 c. 1895) also practiced Voudoun, as well as Voodoo. She and her mother had great influence over their multiracial following. In 1874 as many as twelve thousand spectators, both black and white, swarmed to the shores of Lake Pontchartrain to catch a glimpse of Marie Laveau II performing her legendary rites on St. John's Eve (June 23–24)
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Romans 2 Okay, but before we get all judgmental about others (wait, didn't Paul just do that?), there's one important thing to remember. When you pass judgment on someone else, that makes you just as bad as them. Wait, what?Oh no, you say. That can't be right. I totally know that God hates all these things, so it's fine for me to judge the people doing them, right?Wrong, Paul says. (Nice try though.)When you judge someone else, it's like you're saying you've never done anything bad. We all know that's not true. (Remember the time you stole that rainbow-colored eraser in third grade? Yeah, Shmoop knows about that.)Basically, the idea is that you shouldn't call other people out for doing something wrong, when you're doing stuff wrong, too. But judging is so fun…Look, God is a kind and gentle guy. He's trying to help you be kind and gentle, too. But if you spend all your time getting angry about what other people are doing, then he can't really make a dent in that. Anger is a tough armor to crack.And once you've filled your heart up with anger, God's gonna have to give that right back to you on Judgment Day. Sorry, angry hearts, it's not looking good for you.God rewards people who do good and punishes those who do bad. It's a pretty simple formula.
D.R. SCHERVISH has spent his life seeking adventure, ancient teachings, metaphysical knowledge, and gathering tales to weave into strange and beautiful stories. The Mayhem Wrangler tells a story about a man named Bobby, but the message that beckons beyond the supernatural thriller is the real saga that imparts the knowledge of the ancients and serves as a manual for a modern society that while violently unraveling begs for its own salvation. A former wilderness guide, sailboat skipper, photojournalist, and United States Coast Guardsman, D.R. Schervish is writing his second novel. The Mayhem Wrangler,"Former military remote viewer Bobby Doucette has tried like hell to forget his past, including his supernatural gifts-but nothing ever quite works out as planned and he just put another bullet through the second TV in a month. When spree killer Jack Mumford summons the darkest of forces to crush everything Bobby cares about and threatens the lives of innocents, Bobby knows he can no longer sustain his haunted existence". For author interviews and speaking engagements contact: LuckyRabbitPub@yahoo.com TheMayhemWrangler.com
Twitter.com/DRSchervish
Facebook.com/DRSchervish
Find The Mayhem Wrangler on Amazon.com!
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! Today is Romans 1.
Do you enjoy reading other people's mail? (Oh, just admit it.)
Then you're going to love the epistles.
That's right. Now that you've gotten past the adventures of Jesus and his disciples, you're about to embark on a completely new type of biblical writing. Epistles, like Romans, are basically just letters. Way back before Twitter (way, way, way, way, way back), there were only a few thousand Christians in the world and they were spread out over the entire Roman Empire. What they wanted more than anything was to talk to each other about their most favorite guy in the world—Jesus. But it would have been silly to strap on a pair of sandals and walk halfway across a continent just to say, "Christ rocks!" That's where an epistle really comes in handy. Think of them as ancient blister prevention.
This particular letter was written to a group of Christians living in Rome around the mid-1st century. They were pretty lucky because its author is one of the bigwigs of the early church—Paul of Tarsus. Ever heard of him? Apostle. Martyr. All-around great guy (once you get to know him). See, Paul was planning a trip to Rome, and so he sent this little letter ahead of him to let the Roman Christians know he'd be there soon.
Capt. Robert Salas is author of the new book Unidentified-The UFO Phenomenon: How World Governments Have Conspired to Conceal Humanity's Biggest Secret. Robert served almost seven years on active duty in the Air Force until resigning in 1971. From 1973 until his retirement in 1995 he worked for the Federal Aviation Administration. Robert wrote the book Faded Giant with co-author James Klotz which details his UFO incident while stationed at Malmstrom AFB, Montana. Robert Salas is a 1964 graduate of the U.S. Air Force Academy. He served seven years on active duty. He worked as a weapons controller, flew target drones, commanded intercontinental ballistic missiles as a launch officer, and a worked as an Air Force missile propulsion engineer on the Titan III program. In 2005 he published the book Faded Giant with coauthor James Klotz, which details the UFO incident he witnessed in 1967. Mr. Salas has been publicly speaking about this incident at UFO conferences, on radio, and on television.
Marilyn Salas. Marilyn is a intuitive healer. Her alternative healing arts practice includes a hands-on-healing approach, working with crystals, stones, music, healing sounds, as well as the use of aromatherapy in the form of a spray combining 26 essential oils @ www.LovesBlessing.com. Marilyn worked as a volunteer Reiki Practitioner at the Breast Resource Center in Santa Barbara giving healing sessions to women receiving medical treatment. In 2002, she helped establish Women's Wellness Days, giving women an opportunity to receive alternative therapies at a nominal charge. In September 2003, she co-founded the Ojai Healing Circle, which facilitated free healing sessions and hosted guest-speaker events, www.OjaiHealingEvents.com. Marilyn and Robert have been married since 1969 and live in Ojai, CA. Marilyn’s email: ojaihealer@gmail.com
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! In our last chapter St. Paul and St. Luke set sail for Malta. It has been an extraordinary journey. Next week we begin anew in Romans where the story continues.
Paul In Malta Turns out they shipwrecked on Malta. Luckily, all the native people are really nice to them and welcome everyone.The first night, Paul and company are sitting around a fire with some of the folks from Malta when a viper jumps out and bites Paul's hand. Freaky. Looks like Paul is dead now for sure. That is a poisonous viper.But you know Paul. He just shakes the viper off into the fire. No biggie. The Maltese are amazed that he hasn't dropped dead yet.A while later, Paul heals a man who's sick with dysentery. After the Maltese people see this, they flock to Paul to get all kinds of cures.Three months later, when they get a new ship to sail on, the Maltese give Paul and his friends some food and supplies for the journey.Maltese people are good people. Paul and company finally arrive in Rome.The Roman Christians come out to greet Paul and, even though he's still a prisoner, Paul is allowed to live by himself there.Three days after arriving in Rome, Paul decides to meet with the Jewish leaders in town and tell his story. He says he's been wrongly accused by their fellow Jews and sent to Rome to stand trail.Now the message has to go to the Gentiles. They're the ones who are gonna listen. Snap.Paul lives in Rome for two more years and continues to preach and teach about Jesus. No one can stop him.
Joan Hangarter
Dr Joan’s lifelong mission as a healer launched her as one of the most successful chiropractors in the country. Her desire to heal and inspire more people led her to open up her intuitive channels and act as an intuitive guide and channel, writing books on miracles and founding both the Miracle Makers Club and Baja ParaNormal. One year ago she was specifically guided to begin painting angels and began with 30 small paintings in 30 days. After hanging them up she realized she had created her first Angel Portal.
She then began receiving the images for the Earth Messengers: Beings Sent by the Divine and was instructed to “Paint us and we will come.”
These messengers bring unconditional love, wisdom, guidance and most of all healing for the world, and act as unique portals.
She then began receiving the images for the Earth Messengers: Beings Sent by the Divine and was instructed to “Paint us and we will come.” These messengers bring unconditional love, wisdom, guidance and most of all healing for the world, and act as unique portals.
Contact: JOAN@JOANHANGARTER.com
Facebook: Earth Messengers: Beings Sent by The Divine
The Web: www.earthmessengers.org
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Acts Chapter 27~Paul sets sails for Rome. Bon voyage!
He is put on a ship with other prisoners headed for Italy, but the journey isn't quick or easy. When the ship docks in Crete for a bit, Paul warns them not to go onto the island. For some odd reason, the soldiers and sailors don't listen to the criminal in their midst. Once they set sail the winds pick up and things are not looking good. It's a northeaster and it rocks the ship around for days. Food and supplies run short. Everyone thinks they're gonna die.Um, I told you so, Paul says. He explains that he saw a vision all about this. The good news is they're all gonna make it in one piece to Rome. The bad news is the ship is not. After fourteen days of storm and terror, the sailors think they might be near land, so some of them lower boats to escape the ship. As the sun is coming up, Paul offers everyone food. Apparently no one has eaten for fourteen days because they've been busy freaking out at sea. He breaks bread and gives thanks to God and then passes it out to everyone. Thanks so much to www.shmoop.com
Gary S. Bobroff
Join Gary Bobroff as he throws light on the mysterious phenomenon of crop circles within the context of modern psychological reality, Crop Circles, Jung, and the Reemergence of the Archetypal Feminine in an engaging look at the science, history, and symbolic nature of the mystery of these annually occurring giant-scale works of art. Gary S. Bobroff offers a framework for the reader's own deeper consideration of crop circles by examining both the phenomenon itself and the nature of the era into which it has arrived, with special consideration of its relevance to Jungian archetypal psychology. Living in the moment of the death of one worldview and the birth of another, our culture suffers from a hyper-masculine inflation that has us alienated, imagining ourselves to be separate from each other and the earth. Today we are presented with environmental, social, and spiritual crises and mysteries that call us back toward closer participation with the world. Crop Circles--formed in living grain--exemplify the archetypal feminine nature of this moment's change: a calling toward conscious, felt engagement with a dynamic, living, mysterious world. Gary has an undergraduate degree from the University of British Columbia, Canada and a Master's degree in Jungian-oriented Psychology from the Pacifica Graduate Institute of Santa Barbara, California. He writes and speaks internationally, exploring the ancient themes that draw us further into engagement with life’s deep mystery. He has been privileged to visit Crop Circles in Canada, the U.S. and the United Kindom. His websites are: gsbobroff.com and www.jungandcropcircles.net
Paul Before King Agrippa Acts Chap. #26 When King Agrippa tells Paul to go ahead and talk, he does. Oh, he does. Paul starts by sucking up to Agrippa a bit (not a bad idea). The king knows about Jewish customs and he should know that Paul has lived a good Jewish life. He even persecuted Christians for their crazy, wacky beliefs. Oh, Paul. Everything changed one day when he was on his way to Damascus and… well, you know the rest of that story. After his conversion, Paul explains that he roamed all over the place spreading the good word about Jesus. That's why the Jewish authorities had him arrested even though he didn't even do anything wrong. He's only been talking about Jesus this whole time. The same Jesus who Jewish prophets and scripture predicted would come. So what's so terrible and anti-Jewish about that? Don't You Want To Convert? Festus tells Paul that he sounds nuttier than a fruitcake. But Paul says he's not mental, and he asks King Agrippa if he believes in the Jewish prophets.Geez, trying to convert me to Christianity already? Agrippa asks. At least buy a guy a drink first, Paul. Paul says that he hopes everyone will come to believe in Jesus and to be like him—um, except for the chains he's wearing right now. Those people could do without. Agrippa has heard enough. When he leaves with Festus, he tells him that he can see Paul hasn't done anything wrong. Too bad he had to go and appeal to the emperor. Otherwise they could have let him go free today. Major bummer.
Thanks to www.shmoop.com
Dr. Frank A. La Batto was born in Brooklyn, N.Y. After his first OBE at 18, he attended programs at The Monroe Institute©, developed abilities in conscious expansion, rescued souls who transitioned, and worked on many levels in the non-physical. He has become aware through his personal life-journey the reality of the continuum of life on all planes of existence. Accessing the other side is an essential birthright readily available to all. He is psychically assisted by his daughter, Linda, who transitioned on May 7, 2012 at the age of 27. Linda works with him in the physical and non-physical as their journeys intertwine. He is twin souls with his daughter and it’s extremely rare when not born as identical twins. This book will help millions to understand what their children bring to them as teachers, guides, and angels. Pure unconditional love heals the wound, pain, sadness, and anger of the physical separation when we lose a child. He shares with us experiences and proves that the gifts our loved ones present to us are real, normal, and natural. Dr. La Batto maintains a special dental practice. He did a two-year fellowship in Plastic Surgery at NYU working with children born with facial deformities. He volunteered for three years in the Child Life Clinic at RWJ Hospital as a lay person making children laugh, playing games, visiting those in bed, and preparing parents for the transition their children would undertake. Dr. La Batto has a variety of interests: travel agent, piano player, oil painter, and voice impersonator. Growing up, he worked many jobs: paperboy, dishwasher, cashier, and manager of McDonald’s. He ran track in grammar and high school winning medals, and coached track at his grammar school. Linda contacts and helps many people on this earthly plane and many souls who have transitioned. Look forward to his upcoming book! Dr. La Batto resides on Long Island with his wife Susan.
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! Today we are reading Acts Chapter 25. As soon as Festus takes charge, he makes a little trip to Jerusalem. The Jewish authorities there chew his ear off about Paul.The religious authorities want Paul transferred back to Jerusalem (where they can finish up their murder/death/kill plot). We're guessing they gave up on the whole not-eating-until-Paul-is-dead thing.But Festus is all like, No, come to Caesarea and we'll totally do a trial. Dude, we just did that two years ago. Roman bureaucracy is the worst.About a week and a half later, everyone is back in Caesarea and it's trial time.The Jewish guys from Jerusalem say a bunch of completely untrue stuff about Paul. Typical.Then it's Paul's turn. His defense: not guilty.Festus says that since it sounds like they're all disputing over Jewish religious stuff, maybe Paul should just head down to Jerusalem and face trial there (maybe then the council members can kill Paul and Festus can cross one thing off his to-do list).But Paul says he's appealing to the emperor's tribunal in Rome. Darn. He's headed up to the highest court in the land. He hasn't done anything wrong to the Jewish people, so why should they try him? To the emperor it is!NOTES: Thanks to shmoop.com
Bill Konkolesky is the State Director of the Michigan Chapter of the Mutual UFO Network and a regular lecturer on the UFO phenomenon at conferences, public libraries, and other venues. His personal abduction experiences have been featured in SyFy’s “Abduction Diaries,” ABC’s “Seeing is Believing,” and the documentary “Abducted by Aliens: UFO Encounters of the 4th Kind” as well his autobiographical book, “Experiencer: Raised in Two Worlds.” A non-fiction autobiography of a man reflecting on his childhood experience coping with the strange and terrifying phenomenon society refers to as alien abduction. He has additionally consulted for the History Channel’s “UFO Hunters” and the Science Channel’s “Uncovering Aliens.”
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Acts Chapter 24
Paul's Trial In Caesarea Five days later, the high priest Ananias, some of the council elders, and a lawyer named Tertullus come up to Caesarea.When the hearing begins, Tertullus accuses Paul of being an outside agitator who has come in and said blasphemous and profane things in the temple. That's serious business.Paul defends himself to the governor. This better be good.He tells the governor that no one in the temple saw him arguing or teaching about Jesus (it's true—he was just there performing his fancy ritual). In other words, the charges against him are straight-up lies.Paul admits that he is a follower of Jesus, but he's also a Jew who believes in God and the authority of Jewish law and the prophets and all that good stuff. Jesus is just the natural continuation of all this.Paul explains that when he was in the temple just minding his own business and not upsetting anyone, some Jews from Asia came along and had him arrested. Basically, this whole shebang is bogus.
Lyn Buchanan, BA, MA
In the first hour Author Lyn Buchanan will be joining us. Lyn was the trainer for the military's remote viewing unit, was a viewer for the unit for 8 1/2 years, and has have been teaching it in the public sector since his retirement in 1992. The Seventh Sense.
Rick Waid
Rick Waid is a seer, remote viewer, and past-life reader. He was born with gifts that he did not realize he had until his late-30s. While Rick’s mother was also a reader, he did not become aware of his talents until he began researching the paranormal field. Rick Waid began to connect with the other side through electronic voice phenomena, and he started having visions and hearing his spirit guide,” Rick explained. “As his gift progressed, He learned how to remote view and was able to psychically see places he had never been to before.” He can also now connect with “the other side” and frequently receives messages from loved ones beyond the veil. “He wrote My Paranormal Journey: One Man’s Obsession to share with others a compelling passion that ultimately revealed to me gifts he never knew he had,” Rick said. “I hope it will help others realize there are reasons for exploring into new territories and breaking through current boundaries.” Born in Michigan and he lived in Ohio and Kentucky for most of hischildhood. He is one of 21 brothers and sisters. His website: http://www.theseerrickwaid.com and his book is available at Amazon.com
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! Today we are reading Acts Chapter 23!
The Trial Before The Council Paul tells the Jewish council that he's always lived a good life and that's he's totally right with God. The high priest, Ananias, orders some of the others to punch Paul in the mouth. And they do it. What a bunch of followers. Paul gets angry and calls the high priest a "whitewashed wall." Burn! He also points out that it's against Jewish law to hit him. Check and mate. But the council tells Paul that he has no right to insult the high priest and then Paul does a 180, agrees with them, and apologizes. Hmmm. That apology might be a first for Paul. Paul tells them that he himself is a Pharisee and that he's there because of the things he's been teaching about Jesus and the resurrection of the dead. That's sort of right. A fight breaks out between the Pharisees and Sadducees who both have different views about the resurrection of the dead. No one can agree on anything apparently in this story. Go figure. The Pharisees take Paul's side for a bit (good work, Paul), but things start to get out of control and the Romans remove Paul from the room and take him back to prison. Darn. Just when he was making some headway
Jeanne Trantel
Jeanne Callahan Trantel, author of Disguised Blessings, was born on Long Island in Rockville Centre. She was very happy growing up with her two brothers. She went to college in Rhode Island Johnson where she studied Travel. She graduated then started working for American Airlines, traveling the world. She got married, had two beautiful and healthy sons Stephen and Ryan. They lived in a dream home in the affluent Long island community where she grew up, surrounded by friends and family. But then, with one phone call, the life she knew and loved had come crashing down. She soon discovered that her husband Stephen, a Wall Street trader at the time, was arrested! To his family and friends he was heading to Wall Street each morning to go to work. In reality Stephen was robbing banks. Jeanne was faced with mounting debt and a pile of unpaid bills and two young sons to care for alone. It was the darkest time of her life. But her story is of faith, hope, inspiration and the power of forgiveness. Thus began her spiritual journey for the past ten years. Jeanne remains a student of the Ramtha School where she blossomed and excelled. She is now a massage Therapist and a Reiki Master. Also working as a Real Estate Agent in Rockville Centre, she has regained her happiness and balance. Her mission is to promote inspiration for others who have lost hope in their own lives. She teaches how forgiveness is important to move forward in ones life. She reminds us that we are powerful spiritual beings here having a human experience here. We create our own lives with God and with God all things are possible. You can order Disguised Blessings from Amazon.com. Jeanne's website: www.disguisedblessings.yolasite.com
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Hi, My Name Is Paul~Acts-Chapter 22 Paul addresses the crowd in Hebrew (which makes their ears perk up a little) and tells them his life story. This better be good.He is a Jew who was born in Tarsus and brought up in a good Jewish home where he learned respect for Jewish law and customs. He's a real mensch.He tells them how he persecuted Christians himself (who doesn't love a little persecution) until he saw a light that blinded him on the road to Damascus and heard the voice of Jesus himself. Impressed yet, everyone?Then he explains that Ananias restored his sight and encouraged him to be baptized. God himself warned Paul that the people in Jerusalem weren't gonna take to kindly to the new and improved him, so he sent him to the Gentiles. Flog Him! When the people hear this, they freak out and start screaming that Paul should be killed. The soldiers decide to take Paul aside and flog him.But before they can start, Paul points out that he was born a Roman citizen and it's not exactly legal for them to flog him.The Romans are all freaked out by this. If Paul was born a Roman citizen, then tying him up to flog him is a big no-no.They release him and order him to appear before the Jewish high priests and council.
Jason Chapman
Born in the United Kingdom, in the South Wales market town of Abergavenny in 1970. Jason has always been fascinated by science and the unexplained. During the nineties he researched a lot of UFO sightings both in the UK and the Unites States of America. In 1995 he embarked on a road trip to the state of Nevada to learn the truth about Area 51. A massive fan of The X Files and Dark Skies and science fiction Jason started to write in the early nineties. Articles for various UFO and paranormal themed magazines.
In 2012 Jason discovered Amazon Kindle Direct publishing and set about rewriting The Angel Committee developing and entire franchise focussing on the UFO phenomenon, and the government cover up. Jason has just started to write an ongoing short story series called Tales From Majestic, set in the wake of the Roswell incident of 1947 and also a tie in with The Angel Committee. He is currently working on the sequel novel as well as developing other writing projects for publication.
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Paul In Caesarea Paul gets on a ship and starts the journey toward Jerusalem. Bon voyage!The group stops in a bunch of ports and are well-received by various Christians before arriving in Caesarea.Upon arrival, Paul meets with Philip (who was one of the seven that was appointed by the apostles in Chapter 6).At Philip's house, a local prophet named Agabus tells Paul that he will be imprisoned and turned over to the Gentiles.All Paul's friends hear this and beg Paul not to go to Jerusalem.No way, Paul tells them. He's ready to die if that's what God needs him to do to spread the word.
Well, in that case, go ahead, they tell himWhen the ritual is almost over (it takes seven days to complete), the non-Jewish-Christians in town see him in the temple and freak out.They grab Paul and tell everyone that he's been teaching "everyone everywhere" that Jewish law stinks. They also (wrongly) assume that he has—horror of horrors—taken a Gentile into the temple. It's a pretty big no-no.The Jewish naysayers are all attacking Paul when a group of soldiers comes along and stops them from beating him up. They also arrest Paul, but hey, it's better than a beating by an angry mob.The soldiers are trying to figure out what Paul did, but the whole crowd is in chaos. The men lead Paul away while the mob is still trying to get at him.Before putting him in prison, Paul asks the soldiers if he can address the people. They tell him to have at it and then (we're guessing) sit back to watch Paul get torn apart.
SJ Wells/Steve Hudgeons Jr.
Please note: We had technical issues getting Ms. Wells signed in to the show. Special guest Steve Hudgeons Jr. stepped in to share with us. Thanks Steve! SJ Wells is the author of fiction and non-fiction titles in the paranormal genre. She has spent a lifetime as a Spirit Medium whose specialty is advising the public and guiding lost spirits of children and adults through the veil of the afterlife and into the realm of spirit. She is a 34 year veteran investigator with a few thousand investigations under her belt and considered by many a leading authority on the subject of the paranormal SJ Wells also has done many public speaking events to inform others on the true behind the scenes reality of ghosts and spirits dispelling misconceptions about the afterlife. As a Psychic Advisor she implements workshops and guidebooks, but most importantly she offers personalized advice on how to advance, subdue, or understand their abilities. 34 years of Investigations, Research, Paranormal Counseling, 50 years of Spirit Communication, and Empath Abilities (Spirit and Living Energy) 20 years Psychic Advisor (For those wanting to learn how to advance or understand their own abilities). Author of Haunted: A True Story, Beyond Life: The Ghost Chronicles and Dark Possession: A Vampires Legend, The Asylum: Josiah’s Pain.Has appeared on radio shows Beyond The Gate Radio, Black Cat Lounge, The Paranormal and The Sacred, Paranormal Angels, Ghost Chat Radio and Kiro Talk Radio (Seattle), amoung others.TV Appearances The Montel Williams Show & Seattle Paranormal. Newspaper Articles in The Seattle Times, Everett Herald, Concrete Herald. Radio Broadcasting Host of Dark Moon Rising Radio (3 years) Host of Para-Exlorers (2 years).
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Paul In Philippi-Acts Chapter 20 After all the craziness dies down, Paul leaves town to travel a bit more.He winds up in Philippi, where he celebrates Passover with his travelling buddies.One day, Paul is discussing stuff with his companions and keeps going on until midnight. A guy named Eutychus dozes off during his speech and falls out a third-story window. The moral of the story: don't fall asleep when Paul is talking.Everyone thinks Eutychus has bit the bullet, but when Paul goes down to check out the body, he tells everyone not to worry. He's not dead yet!Then Paul goes back upstairs and keeps talking until the sun comes up. Everyone else wisely moves away from the open windows. This Is The End Paul leaves town. On his way to Jerusalem, he meets with the church elders in Ephesus.He tells them that he has faithfully served God (even when times got tough). Now he's on his way to Jerusalem and the Ephesian Christians will never see him again. (Jerusalem can be a tough crowd.)He tells them to stay strong after he's gone, remember everything he taught them about Jesus, and not to let anyone tell them otherwise.Paul explains that he never took charity and always supported himself because he could. He quotes Jesus's words, "It is more blessed to give than to receive."Naturally, this speech bums everyone out. They're all crying because they're never gonna see Paul again. Tissues all around!
Grant Cameron became involved in Ufology as the Vietnam War ended in May 1975 with personal sightings of an object which locally became known as Charlie Red Star. The sightings occurred in Carman, Manitoba about 25 miles north of the Canada-US border. Hundreds of other people sighted objects at the same time during the sightings. Over the next 18 months he had many sightings of large objects and small objects in the area. He spent countless days in the area photographing a series of strange objects. Cameron has turned his research interests to the involvement, actions of the President of the United States in the UFO problem. He has made 25+ trips to the National Archives and most of the various Presidential archives looking for presidential UFO material. One highlight his presidential UFO research was the chance to question Vice-president Dick Cheney on his knowledge of the UFO subject. Another highlight is White House Office of Science and Technology which yielded 1,000 pages of UFO documents from the Clinton administration. He has lectured widely in Canada, Europe, and the United States on the 1975 Carman flap, the Canadian government's early investigations into UFOs, UFO disclosure politics, the Rockefeller UFO Initiative, and the Presidential UFO connection. In 2005 he was denied access to the United States to lecture on UFOs and why the government has chosen to withhold the truth. At present Cameron is sorting through almost 100 FOIA requests from the Clinton Presidential Library in Little Rock, Arkansas, related to the UFO related actions and policies inside the two Presidential terms of Bill Clinton. The Clinton administration was very interested in the pheneomena and actually tried to force out some of the hidden infomation to the public. Many of these findings have been written up on The Presidents UFO Website www.presidentialufo.com.
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Acts Chapter 18...
Paul In Corinth Paul leaves Athens, heads over to Corinth, and meets a Jewish couple named Aquila and Priscilla who have just been kicked out of Rome.The couple happens to be tentmakers (like Paul), so the three of them work together making tents and enjoying the sights in Corinth.Every time the Sabbath rolls around, Paul heads over to the synagogue to start telling everyone about Jesus. The guy does not stop.In the meantime, Silas and Timothy meet up with him from Macedonia.Paul isn't making any headway with the Corinthian Jews, so he decides to go talk to the Gentiles in town.Paul has better luck among the Gentiles and manages to convert lots of people.One night, God speaks to Paul in a vision and tells him not to worry. Corinth is a safe place for him because there are lots of sympathetic Christians hanging around.God is right. Corinth is so safe that Paul stays there for a year and a half.Later, some of the Jews drag Paul off to the Roman governor, Gallio.But Gallio doesn't think much of their concerns. He basically tells them to figure it out themselves because the Christians aren't breaking any Roman laws.
Ohio native Ryan Katzenbach began working for his local newspaper as a freelance writer at 15 years old. His editors assigned him to a number of tasks, ranging from politics to the local theater and entertainment scene. After moving to California two years later, Ryan began leaning into the production and pre-press side of newspapers, eventually learning every facet of web and offset printing. In 1993, he founded his own advertising and graphic design firm, Kat Advertising. Amityville author Ric Osuna, he entered into a development deal with Sony Pictures Television for an adaptation of Osuna's "The Night The DeFeo's Died: Reinvestigating The Amityville Murders." In January 2006, Katzenbach began shooting "Shattered Hopes: The True Story of the Amityville Murders" as a completely independent venture. The documentary, using Osuna's book as the baseline, began shooting interviews and reenactments. What was intended to be a project taking only a few years from beginning to end morphed into an 8-year quest for the answers behind the infamous Amityville case. The last installment was largely delayed due to talks with Ronald "Butch" DeFeo who ultimately agreed to an interview for the film. The documentary project attracted the attention of the Reelz Channel in the summer of 2014. On October 25th, 2014, the Reelz Channel will debut this adaptation, "High Hopes: The Amityville Horror Murders" as part of their Halloween movie line-up. The Shattered trilogy and the Reelz narrated by Emmy & Golden Globe winning actor Edward Asner. Katzenbach, at present, is working on a documentary about the murder of slain Hollywood PR maven Ronni Chasen. Katzenbach also has a feature film in development.
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Priscilla And Aquila Take The Reins For A Second Finally, Paul leaves Corinth and heads for Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila.He leaves the couple in Ephesus, and travels on to various places.In Ephesus, Priscilla and Aquila run into a Jewish-Christian guy named Apollos.Apollos is really into Jesus and speaks pretty well, but a couple things he says about baptism aren't exactly right. So Priscilla and Aquila pull him aside and explain where he's going wrong. Problem solved.The newly-schooled Apollos heads to Corinth to help out there. Way to pitch in, Apollos.
Peter Robbins
Peter Robbins is an investigative writer, author and lecturer best known for his UFO related papers, columns, articles, editorials, commentaries, lectures and media appearances. He is a regular fixture on radio and has appeared as a guest on and been consultant to numerous television shows and documentaries. Robbins’ background is fairly nonstandard for his chosen field. He was born in New York City and studied art, design and theater at University of Bridgeport in Connecticut, receiving his BFA (painting, film history) from New York City’s School of Visual Arts (SVA). He taught painting at SVA in their Department of Continuing Education for more than a dozen years, was a member of the art faculties of St. Anns School in Brooklyn Heights and the Oklahoma Council on the Arts ‘Arts Encounters’ program. Following graduation from SVA, Peter joined the Norwegian Merchant Marine and for a time worked on a freighter as a common seaman. During the years following he was studio assistant to the world-famous abstract expressionist painter Adolph Gotlieb and to the American primitive painter William Cply. Robbins also worked as a framing carpenter, interior demolition specialist, art gallery assistant, copy writer, editor, and House Manager for New York City’s distinguished Mirror Repertory Company. From 1988 until 1994 Peter was a crisis intervention volunteer for the Samaritans International. He has traveled in approximately thirty countries, is an experienced New York City tour guide, and an accomplished photographer. He is also co-author, along with Larry Warren, Left at East Gate: A First-Hand Account of the Rendlesham Forest UFO Incident, Its Cover-Up and Investigation. In May 2014 he published Deception, investigation and analysis of a serious disinformation operation in contemporary ufology. The book is available at no cost from the author. probbinsny@yahoo.com
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Paul Is Thessalonica Paul and Silas visit Thessalonica, and immediately upon arrival they rush to the synagogue to start arguing that Jesus is the Messiah. Of course.Some Jews and Gentiles are persuaded, but another group of Jewish naysayers is not having it. They form a mob and hunt down Paul and Silas, as usual.The naysayers are claiming that Paul and company are preaching against the Roman Emperor. After all, they are saying that Jesus is King. The emperor might not be too thrilled about that. Paul In Beroea
Advertisement:Replay Ad Paul and Silas leave town and head to Beroea. The Jews and Gentiles are way warmer and friendlier there, and they enjoy listening to Paul's preaching.The Jews from Thessalonica find out that Paul is in Beroea though, and they head on over to get some trouble brewing.
For more than 26 years, Jackie Barrett has been a psychic medium and author. Her amazing abilities to both communicate with the dead and guide the living have propelled her into the spotlight. She is known throughout the world as America's foremost occult and paranormal expert. Jackie's remarkable efforts with the Red Cross and the Jackie Barrett Foundation have raised millions of dollars, and her compassion has earned her a great deal of respect, enabling her to help thousands of people from diverse backgrounds. She has clients all over the world, including celebrities in the music and entertainment industries, politicians, socialites, and professional athletes. Jackie is the most sought after for her unique seances where she allows the guest to directly communicate with the contacted spirit, instead of the traditional seance where only the medium will make contact with the spirit. She has been issued a captain's badge from now-retired NYC Police Captain Sean Crowley for her work on cold cases. She works with him and her daughter Joanne, who assists her with both cold cases and private clients. Jackie also continues her work with personal clients around the world.Jackie's latest accomplishment is her just-published book, The Haunting of the Gemini. A riveting account of her journey with the New York City Zodiac Killer. After almost two decades of silence, he chooses to speak only with Jackie, and this book tells -- for the first time -- the true extent of his crimes. The Haunting of the Gemini follows her last book, The Devil I Know, which chronicles her experiences with Amityville murderer Ronnie DeFeo. www.thehousethatkaybuilt.com
Bruce Gold
Bruce Gold has never been to The Old City of Jerusalem, the Himalaya’s, Machu Picchu, or any other exotic location where miracles are thought to take place. He doesn’t dress in Tribal Robes and call himself any other name than the one he came into this world with. He was born and raised, and realized his gift of healing in his hometown, of Los Angeles, California. Bruce’s gift, as a Conduit for the Transference of Positive Healing Energies, came as a result of a conscious near death experience, which occurred while he was driving alone on a crowded Los Angeles Freeway in May of 2002. The thing he is most sure of today, is that he was most definitely not alone during that fateful ride.He has been sharing his gift of healing from the moment he first recognized it. He has a non-invasive technique of energy transference, that reaches his recipients almost immediately. He has worked successfully on both Human Beings and Animals. Bruce’s modality has been used both in person, as well as over the phone sessions for distance healing. Bruce makes it clear to his client’s that they are the Healers, and he is there strictly as an intermediary, bringing back to them the well of their own energies. His otherness , as he refers to it, lasted most of his adult life. He had fallen into a deep depression which appeared early on, and was seriously misdiagnosed, and mistreated with improper medications that could have led him to ending his own life. Living in a walking coma for over twelve years, he literally watched every dream he ever had vanish before his eyes...For more information and to make an appointment call: 310-475-2093. His website-http://www.bgspiritualhealer.com
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! Today we are studying Acts Chapter 15. In Judea, there's talking about circumcision. Mainly, they're saying that no one can be saved unless they're circumcised. Paul and Barnabas don't agree. Male Gentiles everywhere rejoice.Paul and Barnabas decide to head to Jerusalem to take up the topic with the twelve apostles and elders to get their opinion on the big snip.Some of the Christians there say that male converts need to be circumcised. After all, a follower of Jesus still has to follow the laws of Moses.But Peter stands up and tells everyone that God is cool with the Gentiles. If he wants to give them the Holy Spirit, the fact that their junk is still intact isn't gonna stop him. Besides, they all know that the path to salvation goes through Jesus, not Jewish law.
Dr. Raymond Moody, author of The bestselling author of Life After Life, in his new book Paranormal, My Life in Pursuit of The Afterlife, offers a stunning, myth-busting memoir of everything he has learned in a lifetime studying “the other side” and our connection to it. His new book The grandfather of the NDE (near death experience) movement, Raymond Moody has, “radically changed the way modern humans think about the afterlife.” Paranormal, essential reading for fans of Dannion Brinkley and Jeffrey Long, is “a thrilling and inspiring literary experience. Anyone who is not grateful for Moody’s immense contribution to human welfare ought to check his pulse.”earned a BA (1966), M.A. (1967) and a PhD (1969) in philosophy from the University of Virginia. He also obtained a PhD in psychology from the University of West Georgia, then known as West Georgia College, where he later became a professor in the topic. In 1976, he was awarded an MD from the Medical College of Georgia After obtaining his M.D., Moody worked as a forensic psychiatrist in a maximum-security Georgia state hospital. In 1998, Moody was appointed Chair in Consciousness Studies at the University of Neveda. Moody was born in Porterdale, Georgia and currently lives in rural Alabama where he spends time with his wife Cheryl and they have an adopted son, Carter, and an adopted daughter, CarolAnne. His website: www.lifeafterlife.com
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Paul In Cyprus In Antioch there are a group of prophets and teachers hanging around, but God singles out Barnabas and Saul for some special duties.The pair head over to Cyprus where they run into a Jewish false prophet named Bar-Jesus.When the Roman governor in the area asks Saul and Barnabas to come chat with him about Jesus, Bar-Jesus tells the governor that they're just spewing lies. Oh, Bar-Jesus.Saul (who, did we mention, is better known as Paul?) tells Bar-Jesus that he's a terrible, awful, no good guy and that he's gonna be blind for a while. It matches his spiritual blindness.Sure enough, Bar-Jesus goes blind and the governor believes that what Saul/Paul said about Jesus must be true. After all, if you can blind a guy, you must be holy, right? Paul In Galatia Paul and friends leave Cyprus and head to Galatia where they head straight for the synagogue. The religious officials there invite them to speak (this is a first).Paul stands up and gives a little speech about the history of the Jewish people leading up to King David. From David, Paul claims, comes Jesus, who is the fulfillment of everything God has ever promised the Jewish people. Yay!Of course, the folks down in Jerusalem didn't realize this (even though it was obvious) and they had Jesus put to death on trumped up charges.Paul ends by telling that they can free themselves from sin if they put their faith in Jesus (and, of course, God).
Paul Wesley
Paul Wesley is also known as Princetruthchaser. Paul grew up in Philadelphia PA., where his first abduction occurred at the age of 6. Paul is an Activist, Universalist, alien abduction survivor, love vibration & self-empowerment motivator. He is author of his upcoming book From The Couch to The Cosmos. Paul covered many events as an Activist from The March Against Monsanto to Chemtrails & more! He is responsible for single handedly exposing all mainstream media in Philadelphia, PA for not covering events that matter & one of the 1st people to hold an anti-chemtrail march that brought to light the chemtrail agenda. Throughout his journey for truth, especially in the paranormal field, he has always spread the importance for resistance but how vital love vibration is to our health, well-being and sanity on this planet. His upcoming projects include public speaking, exposing evil in today's society and helping others who have been abducted to speak out. His website is Princetruthchaser.com
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Paul In Cyprus In Antioch there are a group of prophets and teachers hanging around, but God singles out Barnabas and Saul for some special duties.The pair head over to Cyprus where they run into a Jewish false prophet named Bar-Jesus.When the Roman governor in the area asks Saul and Barnabas to come chat with him about Jesus, Bar-Jesus tells the governor that they're just spewing lies. Oh, Bar-Jesus.Saul (who, did we mention, is better known as Paul?) tells Bar-Jesus that he's a terrible, awful, no good guy and that he's gonna be blind for a while. It matches his spiritual blindness.Sure enough, Bar-Jesus goes blind and the governor believes that what Saul/Paul said about Jesus must be true. After all, if you can blind a guy, you must be holy, right? Paul In Galatia Paul and friends leave Cyprus and head to Galatia where they head straight for the synagogue. The religious officials there invite them to speak (this is a first).Paul stands up and gives a little speech about the history of the Jewish people leading up to King David. From David, Paul claims, comes Jesus, who is the fulfillment of everything God has ever promised the Jewish people. Yay!Of course, the folks down in Jerusalem didn't realize this (even though it was obvious) and they had Jesus put to death on trumped up charges.Paul ends by telling that they can free themselves from sin if they put their faith in Jesus (and, of course, God).
Chad & Alta Dillard met and married in the early nineties in the city of Little Rock Arkansas. The marriage was one of destiny and as Alta would say, arranged. What they did not know is that from that moment on the couple would partake in a journey into the world of unknown and High Strangeness. From aliens to ghosts, to a shape shifter, from meeting people who have been seen, and some unseen, this is a story for the open minded. In 1995 Chad & Alta experienced their first UFO, a massive sight in Hammond, Louisiana. This experience opened their eyes and led them to the well-known French Quarter in New Orleans where the high strangeness continued. They met Jacqueline. Little did Jacqueline know this would be the most unusual bond of her life. In 1997 Chad, Alta and Jacqueline were taken from a street corner in the French Quarter. Alta calls this “the night of missing time” where the three have shared their own individual experiences. Everything from Chad’s blue being encounter, Alta’s blond female interaction, and an implant found in her arm and four digit prints. The High Strangeness continued when, in 1999, Chad and Alta moved to New Mexico where Chad went face to face with a black eyed adult and other anomalous happenings. Moving to Denver, Colorado for their jobs, and found themselves in the middle of the infamous Columbine High School massacre which occurred on April 20, 1999. In 2001 the couple found their way to Alabama where Chad works with his dad in the locomotive business. Their stay continues to bring High Strangeness into their lives. They discovered a sasquatch creature, ghosts, red orbs, lizard monkeys and so much more. Chad and Alta encountered their second UFO while driving across Mississippi in 2012 and discovered that one of their family members has had a similar experience. http://www.readingswithalta.com/
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
This week is Acts chapter 11 Peter Explains His Actions
The apostles and the believers throughout Judea heard that the Gentiles also had received the word of God. So when Peter went up to Jerusalem, the circumcised believers criticized him and said, “You went into the house of uncircumcised men and ate with them.”
Starting from the beginning, Peter told them the whole story: “I was in the city of Joppa praying, and in a trance I saw a vision. I saw something like a large sheet being let down from heaven by its four corners, and it came down to where I was. I looked into it and saw four-footed animals of the earth, wild beasts, reptiles and birds. Then I heard a voice telling me, ‘Get up, Peter. Kill and eat.’
Gentiles Are Accepted Back in Judea, word reaches the apostles and Jewish followers of Jesus that Peter has been baptizing Gentiles. The horror!Later, when Peter comes back into town, he has some 'splaining to do.Peter tells them all about the vision and that God said unclean things are now a-okay.He explains that it was God who let the Holy Spirit fall on the Gentiles while he was speaking. What was Peter supposed to do?Stop God from giving out his gifts? Good luck with that.The other apostles are speechless, but then they realize this is actually a great thing. God wants to save everyone.
Steve Allen is our guest tonight. On January 8, 2008, Stephenville gained national media attention when dozens of residents reported observations of unidentified flying objects (UFOs). Several residents described the crafts as the size of a football field, while others said they were nearly a mile long, similar to the historic Arizona mass sighting of March 13, 1997. Some observers reported military aircraft pursuing the objects. CNN's Larry King covered the news story in the days following the incident, and according to Steve Allen, a private pilot who witnessed the UFO, the object was travelling at a high rate of speed which supposedly reached 3,000 feet in the air. Allen said it was "About a half a mile wide and about a mile long. It was humongous, whatever it was". (wikipedia) The History Channel show UFO Hunters featured a story about the UFO sightings. "In mid January, 2008 reports of a mass UFO sighting over Stephenville, Texas began to make national news. Much like the Phoenix Lights Case of 1997, the mysterious lights appearing in the Texas sky were seen by multiple witnesses including police officers. However, much of the interest was created by the proximity of the sightings to President Bush’s Texas ranch. Although the military initially stated that there were no jets flying in the area that night, they later recanted and stated that a training flight of 10 fighters was actually in the skies. The incident inspired one of the largest MUFON investigations to date and yielded radar information that is considered by many to confirm that an unknown object was flying over Texas. The incident was featured in a number of national news stories and by several television shows". (M. Lauck) The full report of this case is at http://www.ufocasebook.com/pdf/mufonstephenvilleradarreport.pdf
Tonight for our Monday Night Special we present Director Giovanni Sticco. We will be discussing his career and his new project 51, The Movie. Giovanni was born in Hollywood, California, the son of famous Rockabilly singer Johnny Stark. Giovanni has been involved in film for a number of years dealing with subjects such as Horror, Science Fiction and Dramatic films. His credits include The Encounter, Resurrection Cemetery Lust and The Visitors. Giovanni presently works in Las Vegas and has a small production company Hollywood Tower Productions LLC.
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
The Gentile challenge
Luke now begins to tell the story of a fundamental turning point in the history of the early church. For the first time Gentiles will be directly evangelized and admitted into fellowship with Jewish Christians. As a result, the church will not remain just an offshoot of an ethnic religion (Judaism). It will become a universal body embracing people from every nation and race. Luke takes great pains to show that this change in the church is the result of God’s will and guidance. It does not come about through some human-devised program. This section shows that God, through the Holy Spirit, is bringing the Gentiles into his spiritual body, the church. We will see this in verse after verse describing the account of Cornelius’ conversion as a supernatural operation of God.
Pamela Loffredo is former York County Maine MUFON State Section Director and Field Investigator, appointed by Leland "Bud" Bechtel, (Maine MUFON State Dircetor) in 1992. She has been a Research Specialist in the field of UFOlogy and Extraterrestrial Visitation for over 30 years, after a series of close encounter sightings in the Hudson Valley Region of New York State, during a UFO "wave" of activity in the early 1980's. Pamela has come to discover that she has been a "Contactee" Experiencer since the age of 4. Sightings and Contacts continued in various manifestations, including a UFO fly over of her current residence on August 8th 2010, with a sighting of a space craft, with two other witnesses present. Leaving the traditional Medical Profession in 1997 having served as a Physician's Assistant for over 17 years, Pamela is employed as a Professional Psychic/Medium/Medical Intuitive/Healing Channel and Reiki Master Teacher at Leapin' Lizards Holistic Center in Portland, Maine. Pamela is the host of radio show STARSEED CENTRAL, through Starborn Support Radio who just won several awards in the field of Paranormal/Ufology, including best new radio show, for 2014! She is on the air every other Sunday evening from 9:30-10:00 PM. Pamela has also recently appeared on local PBS Television with Host Gloria Nye of "Spirits, Mediums and Things that go Bump in the Night. Pamela is currently working on her first publication, "Medicine" for a New Humanity. www.soundfuturesdirect.com/starseedcentral www.blogtalkradio.com/starbornsupport starbabe777@hotmail.com
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! This week we study Acts 9. Saul’s Conversion.
Meanwhile, Saul was still breathing out murderous threats against the Lord’s disciples. He went to the high priest and asked him for letters to the synagogues in Damascus, so that if he found any there who belonged to the Way, whether men or women, he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem. As he neared Damascus on his journey, suddenly a light from heaven flashed around him. He fell to the ground and heard a voice say to him, “Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me?” “Who are you, Lord?” Saul asked. “I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting,” he replied. “Now get up and go into the city, and you will be told what you must do.” The men traveling with Saul stood there speechless; they heard the sound but did not see anyone. Saul got up from the ground, but when he opened his eyes he could see nothing. So they led him by the hand into Damascus. For three days he was blind, and did not eat or drink anything. In Damascus there was a disciple named Ananias. The Lord called to him in a vision, “Ananias!” “Yes, Lord,” he answered.“I am Jesus, whom you are persecuting,” he replied. “Now get up and go into the city, and you will be told what you must do.” The men traveling with Saul stood there speechless; they heard the sound but did not see anyone. Saul got up from the ground, but when he opened his eyes he could see nothing. So they led him by the hand into Damascus. For three days he was blind, and did not eat or drink anything.
Derrel W. Sims, author of the bookAlien Hunter the world’s leading expert on alien abductions, had his first encounter with an alien presence at the age of 17, he experienced a malignant contact with these alien beings that would alter his life forever. As a result of the violent encounter, Derrel made the decision that he would no longer willingly be victim to the bizarre quests of alien entities. He was determined to change his role in life from being the hunted to the hunter. When these same beings later came for his 5 year old son, Derrel put his hunt into high gear. Derrel began preparing himself for his lifelong quest of pursuing the alien prey. Every path he took would equip him mentally, physically and spiritually to become a warrior for the cause and to assume the role he feels he was born to play. Derrel has spent the past three decades researching the world of alien beings. His focus has been two-fold: To acquire the skills necessary to design and implement a program of compassionate and effective counseling for victims of alien contact; and to collect and analyze medical and scientific evidence of the alien presence. He served in military intelligence and worked with the CIA, and after the service worked as a police officer, and as a licensed private investigator. From advanced scuba diving training to skill with weaponry; from his certifications as a Master Hypnotherapist and Certified Medical Hypnoanaesthesiolgist to studies in graphoanlysis; Derrel’s eclectic accomplishments have had a single aim: to defeat the alien menace. Each case enhances his unique perpective as the pre-eminent Profiler of alien beings. Every clue contributes to the patterns Derrel has observed in the hundreds of cases he has examined worldwide. http://www.alienhunter.org
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! Today's Bible study is Acts Chapter 8.
The Church Persecuted and Scattered On that day a great persecution broke out against the church in Jerusalem, and all except the apostles were scattered throughout Judea and Samaria. Godly men buried Stephen and mourned deeply for him. But Saul began to destroy the church. Going from house to house, he dragged off both men and women and put them in prison. Those who had been scattered preached the word wherever they went. Philip went down to a city in Samaria and proclaimed the Messiah there. When the crowds heard Philip and saw the signs he performed, they all paid close attention to what he said. For with shrieks, impure spirits came out of many, and many who were paralyzed or lame were healed. So there was great joy in that city. Now for some time a man named Simon had practiced sorcery in the city and amazed all the people of Samaria. He boasted that he was someone great, and all the people, both high and low, gave him their attention and exclaimed, “This man is rightly called the Great Power of God.” They followed him because he had amazed them for a long time with his sorcery. But when they believed Philip as he proclaimed the good news of the kingdom of God and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized, both men and women. Simon himself believed and was baptized. And he followed Philip everywhere, astonished by the great signs and miracles he saw.
For more than 26 years, Jackie Barrett has been a psychic medium and author. Her amazing abilities to both communicate with the dead and guide the living have propelled her into the spotlight. She is known throughout the world as America's foremost occult and paranormal expert. Jackie's remarkable efforts with the Red Cross and the Jackie Barrett Foundation have raised millions of dollars, and her compassion has earned her a great deal of respect, enabling her to help thousands of people from diverse backgrounds. She has clients all over the world, including celebrities in the music and entertainment industries, politicians, socialites, and professional athletes. Jackie is the most sought after for her unique seances where she allows the guest to directly communicate with the contacted spirit, instead of the traditional seance where only the medium will make contact with the spirit. She has been issued a captain's badge from now-retired NYC Police Captain Sean Crowley for her work on cold cases. She works with him and her daughter Joanne, who assists her with both cold cases and private clients. Jackie also continues her work with personal clients around the world.Jackie's latest accomplishment is her just-published book, The Haunting of the Gemini. It's a riveting account of her journey with the New York City Zodiac Killer. After almost two decades of silence, he chooses to speak only with Jackie, and this book tells -- for the first time -- the true extent of his crimes. The Haunting of the Gemini follows her last book, The Devil I Know, which chronicles her experiences with Amityville murderer Ronnie DeFeo. www.thehousethatkaybuilt.com/ Jackie will return Oct. 17th.
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! This weeks Bible study: Acts Chapter 7.
Stephen’s Speech to the Sanhedrin, Then the high priest asked Stephen, “Are these charges true?” To this he replied: “Brothers and fathers, listen to me! The God of glory appeared to our father Abraham while he was still in Mesopotamia, before he lived in Harran. ‘Leave your country and your people,’ God said, ‘and go to the land I will show you.’ “So he left the land of the Chaldeans and settled in Harran. After the death of his father, God sent him to this land where you are now living. He gave him no inheritance here, not even enough ground to set his foot on. But God promised him that he and his descendants after him would possess the land, even though at that time Abraham had no child. God spoke to him in this way: ‘For four hundred years your descendants will be strangers in a country not their own, and they will be enslaved and mistreated. But I will punish the nation they serve as slaves,’ God said, ‘and afterward they will come out of that country and worship me in this place.’ Then he gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision. And Abraham became the father of Isaac and circumcised him eight days after his birth. Later Isaac became the father of Jacob, and Jacob became the father of the twelve patriarchs.
Linda Godfrey. I’m an author, investigator and artist with a penchant for Lhasa Apsos and werewolves, living in the Kettle Moraine area of SE Wisconsin. NEW BOOK, American Monsters; A History of Monster Lore, Legends and Sightings in America (Tarcher/Penguin). My Other books include Real Wolfmen: True Encounters in Modern America (Tarcher/Penguin, August 2012) as well as Weird Wisconsin and Weird Michigan in the B&N Weird US series, sequels Strange Wisconsin and Strange Michigan (Trails Books), Trails titles The Poison Widow, The Beast of Bray Road, and Hunting the American Werewolf, and three volumes in a new Chelsea House YA series, Werewolves, Lake and Sea Monsters, and Mythical Creatures. Monsters of Wisconsin, Haunted Wisconsin: Ghosts and Strange Phenomena of the Badger State, of Stackpole Books, and The Michigan Dogman, Werewolves and Other Unknown Canines Across the USA from Unexplained Research. I am represented by the amazing Jim McCarthy of Dystel and Goderich Literary Agency, with which I’ve co-published an e-book fantasy God Johnson: The Unforgiven Diary – think pet sphinxes, demigods, Abraham Lincoln and epic battles as one young woman defends herself against the Wrath of gods, all set in the weird heart of Madison, Wisconsin. http://lindagodfrey.com
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Peter and John Before the Sanhedrin
The priests and the captain of the temple guard and the Sadducees came up to Peter and John while they were speaking to the people. They were greatly disturbed because the apostles were teaching the people, proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection of the dead. They seized Peter and John and, because it was evening, they put them in jail until the next day. But many who heard the message believed; so the number of men who believed grew to about five thousand. The next day the rulers, the elders and the teachers of the law met in Jerusalem. Annas the high priest was there, and so were Caiaphas, John, Alexander and others of the high priest’s family. They had Peter and John brought before them and began to question them: “By what power or what name did you do this? ”Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said to them: “Rulers and elders of the people! If we are being called to account today for an act of kindness shown to a man who was lame and are being asked how he was healed, 10 then know this, you and all the people of Israel: It is by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom you crucified but whom God raised from the dead, that this man stands before you healed. 11 Jesus is“‘the stone you builders rejected, which has become the cornerstone.’ 12 Salvation is found in no one else, for there is no other name under heaven given to mankind by which we must be saved.”
Jim Penniston, Co-Author of Encounter in Rendlesham Forest: The Inside Story of the World's Best-Documented UFO Incident, is USAF Security Forces/Retired. He entered the Air Force in 1973 and served over twenty years active duty in the US Air Force. He was assigned to the Strategic Air Command Elite Guard in Omaha Nebraska, providing security for General Officers, Congressmen, Foreign Heads of States, and the President and members of his Cabinet. Penniston held key assignments throughout the world. Including service in Desert Shield and Desert Storm. He wrote defense, security, counter-terrorism, and contingency plans for the USAF and NATO. Additionally, he provided security support for Air Force One, and other classified aircraft weapon systems. Penniston held for the majority of his twenty year career, a U.S. TOP SECRET/BI/SCI and a NATO TOP SECRET COSMIC/ATOMAL security clearance. Sergeant Penniston and his team were "First Responders" to a security investigation of a craft-of-unknown-origin, located just outside RAF Woodbridge, England. In December 1980 that case, is known as the Rendlesham Forest Incident, and is the most documented account in military history. Jim is a frequent lecturer and presenter at numerous MUFON and other related events and conferences of similar subject matter. A speaker at two National Press Club events; His first responder's account of the Rendlesham Forest Incident has been featured worldwide on numerous television and radio programs. In addition, Penniston has been a contributor to other books concerning this phenomenon. https://www.facebook.com/pages/The-Rendlesham-Forest-Incident-First-Responders-Page-of-1980/158308077540276
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
"42 They devoted themselves to the apostles' teaching and to the fellowship, to the breaking of bread and to prayer. 43 Everyone was filled with awe, and many wonders and miraculous signs were done by the apostles. 44 All the believers were together and had everything in common. 45 Selling their possessions and goods, they gave to anyone as he had need. 46 Every day they continued to meet together in the temple courts. They broke bread in their homes and ate together with glad and sincere hearts, 47 praising God and enjoying the favor of all the people. And the Lord added to their number daily those who were being saved".
Edwin and Marsha Becker are a very creative and active couple who became interested in the paranormal when they moved in to an extremely haunted house. Edwin Becker became a bestselling author with the release of his book True Haunting in 2011 about what happened to them as a young couple with a new baby in their own home. Marsha Becker, who co-hosts The Paranormal Angels radio show with author Geraldine Palmer Bouse. Marsha also creates beautiful rosaries and has made several for the Vatican. He has appeared on SYFY's Paranormal Witness in the record breaking season two finale, "The Tenants." He has acted as guest, host and co-host on numerous commercial and internet radio shows across the world. He was born in Chicago, Illinois, a Baby Boomer. Coming from an abusive broken home, he spent a number of elementary years in Maryville, a Catholic children's institution. There, he learned Latin and became an altar boy. He went on to become a professional musician and spent his later teen years traveling the states with an R&B Show band. During his travels, he met and married his wife of almost 50 years. In college Ed studied the emerging field of computers and became very successful. Later suffering a near fatal heart attack, he retired to the Ozarks where he opened a collectible store for a number of years. He has been writing original stories for over three decades for pure enjoyment. He has two daughters that have given him four granddaughters. They now reside in Missouri, where they enjoy the year around activity and entertainment with their children, grandchildren, tons of friends and several beloved pets. Visit www.TrueHaunting.com www.edwardbecker.com
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
"4 On one occasion, while he was eating with them, he gave them this command: "Do not leave Jerusalem, but wait for the gift my Father promised, which you have heard me speak about. 5 For John baptized with water, but in a few days you will be baptized with the Holy Spirit." 6 So when they met together, they asked him, "Lord, are you at this time going to restore the kingdom to Israel?" 7 He said to them: "It is not for you to know the times or dates the Father has set by his own authority. 8 But you will receive power when the Holy Spirit comes on you; and you will be my witnesses in Jerusalem, and in all Judea and Samaria, and to the ends of the earth."
Martha Hazzard Decker, author of the book Paranormal Profiling. Paranormal Profiling is a new perspective on interviewing potential clients regarding paranormal activity. Learn to think along the lines of a detective when talking to the client. Things may not be as they seem, or even worse. Learn what to look for, how to listen better and what type of questions to ask. Ms. Decker has been involved in investigating paranormal actively since 1999. As a child Decker experienced a number of unexplained occurrences which triggered her long time interest in the unknown. She retired in 2007 from law enforcement as assistant chief of police, negotiator, detective and instructor. She founded East Texas Paranormal in 2007. ETP often investigates private homes and businesses. Decker has professional experience as an investigator; criminally and civilly, also as a writer and photographer. She had several of her photographs included in The Big Click coffee table photo book. Then in 1995, Decker received a first place award for specialty reporting from Associated Press. She decided to delve back into writing and photography and is working another nonfiction book along with writing for examiner.com as Dallas Paranormal. She has articles in The Realm Paranormal Magazine and on other websites. Decker has two blogs, one on the paranormal and the other on life after 50. She has interviewed for newspaper and magazine articles. Decker is commissioned through the Texas Supreme Court as a process server and serves documents for court appearances to individuals. Decker accepts speaking engagements for paranormal conferences. Her website: http://www.mardeck.com/
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
"1Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the hour of prayer, being the ninth hour. And a certain man lame from his mother's womb was carried, whom they laid daily at the gate of the temple which is called Beautiful, to ask alms of them that entered into the temple; Who seeing Peter and John about to go into the temple asked an alms. And Peter, fastening his eyes upon him with John, said, Look on us. And he gave heed unto them, expecting to receive something of them. Then Peter said, Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I thee: In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth rise up and walk".
Bill Bean is the most famously haunted man in America, and the star of the highest rated episodes on the Discovery Channel series 'A Haunting'. The episode is based off of his renown book calledDark Force. The book and his new book Delivered chronicals supernatural events that led to the destruction of the Bean Family and Bill's personal recovery from his personal tragedies. Bills' life has come full circle from being a victim of demonic attackes, to becoming a highly sought-after ordained deliverance minister. He has been brought to many parts of America to perform, blessings, deliverance and exorcism. He has been featured on Coast to Coast Radio, Animal Planet and others. Bill Bean has been through hell and back during the course of his lifetime, having experienced the devastating loss of his parents, who along with other family members had suffered untimely deaths. These tragic events coupled with the supernatural occurrences that were taking place in his life nearly destroyed him. Bill has said that faith, courage and perseverance drove him to seek a better life. Bill Bean's website for more in formation: www.billbean.net. billbeanoffice@mail.com or for appearences Stacy Robinson 770-736-0775
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! "When the day of Pentecost came, they were all together in one place. 2 Suddenly a sound like the blowing of a violent wind came from heaven and filled the whole house where they were sitting. 3 They saw what seemed to be tongues of fire that separated and came to rest on each of them. 4 All of them were filled with the Holy Spirit and began to speak in other tongues[g] as the Spirit enabled them".
Bret Oldham has been researching and investigating the paranormal since his teen years. Together with his wife Gina, they are Halo Paranormal and are based out of Las Vegas, NV. Their research encompasses a wide spectrum of the paranormal including Ghosts, UFO's and Cryptozoology. They have been featured on numerous radio shows, magazine and newspaper articles, Internet, local and National TV in the USA, New Zealand and Europe; including shows on Bio, Discovery, CBC Canada, TV7 in Bulgaria and most recently "Ancient Aliens" on the History Channel. Bret is the author of "Children Of The Greys", a personal account of his life long alien abduction experiences, and "Ghost Stories Of Las Vegas". Bret is the author of "Children Of The Greys", a personal account of his life long alien abduction experiences, and "Ghost Stories Of Las Vegas". Bret and Gina contributed two articles to the book, "Real Ghosts, Restless Spirits and Haunted Places" by renown author Brad Steiger. Bret wrote a chapter on "Spirit Communication" for the book, "Mystery US Universe, Origins and Destiny". Bret has written articles for Bigfoot newsletters and has interviewed such UFO luminaries as Travis Walton and John Lear which were both first published by Alternate Perceptions magazine and later picked up worldwide. We will be discussing his is book, Children Of The Greys, a true story of his numerous alien encounters, author Bret Oldham relives many of his traumatic alien abduction experiences. Memories that had been suppressed for years by the aliens surfaced after receiving therapy for a series of anxiety attacks. Memories that were kept secret for decades are now revealed for the first time in this very personal, thought provoking account of one man's journey through the enigma of the alien abduction phenomenon.
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! Today we are reading Acts I. Acts of the Apostles, the second part of the work that begins with the Gospel According to Luke, is the story of the early church after Jesus’s martyrdom. Like Luke, Acts is addressed to the unknown reader Theophilus, and in the introduction to Acts, it is made clear that it is a continuation of Luke: “In the first book, Theophilus, I wrote about all that Jesus did and taught from the beginning until the day he was taken up to heaven” (1:1–2). Second-century Christian tradition identifies the author of Luke and Acts as Luke, a traveling companion of the missionary Paul of Tarsus. Modern scholars agree that Acts and Luke should be credited to the same author, but have been more reluctant to identify him: the author most likely wrote between the years 80 and 90, and may indeed have been Paul’s companion. Please join us!
Lorraine Flaherty
Lorraine Flaherty is a Transformational therapist and trainer. She is the pioneer of Inner Freedom Therapy; designed to help people reach their full potential. Her specialty is guiding people into the subconscious part of their mind so that they can explore their current life memories, their past and future lives and the space between lives to learn more about who they really are and how they can heal. She has a busy private practice in Covent Garden, Central London. She runs corporate training sessions on Communications, Influencing and Presentation skills and teaches Accelerated Learning and Clinical Hypnosis to midwives and student doctors in UK Universities, which include Oxford, Cambridge and UCL. She runs a variety of workshops, alone and in collaboration with some of the best in the mind body and spirit field. She offers retreats on Finding Inner Freedom in the UK and other locations around the world. Her first book Healing with Past Life Therapy: Transformational Journeys through Time and Space is out now with Findhorn Press and she has two CDs called Inner Freedom 1 and Inner Freedom 2 which guide people through many healing experiences, clearing current life issues on the first one and exploring more esoteric experiences on the second. She is a director of the Past and Future Life Society and is very passionate about helping people to change their lives for the better. www.innerjourneys.co.uk Email: info@innerjourneys.co.uk
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Don Baker
The mysterious deaths of nine ski hikers in the northern Ural mountains in 1959 are the subject of the upcoming movie The Circle. Mr. Baker co-producer of The Circle, consults for several companies where his duties include product development and implementation of marketing strategies to increase revenue. As head of several innovative and entrepreneurial Direct Marketing companies. Mr. Baker managed the mega- hit Jerry Springer Too Hot Campaign which generated staggering 67 million in sales, and helped turn Jerry Springer into a household celebrity by raising his ratings from 3 to 8 million nightly viewers in less than 5 months One of these companies, a collectible coin enterprise, Mr. Baker successfully implemented DRTV, Direct Mail, Internet Marketing and Outbound Telemarketing to increase company revenues from a steady 20 million annual to a remarkable 150 million in less than 2 years while building a data base of 2.6 million customers. During Mr. Baker’s early entertainment career he created and managed 7 different fulfillment and distribution centers for international companies like Paramount Pictures, Technicolor, Teleflora and The Franklin Mint. With a Journalism degree from University of Oregon, Mr. Baker has used his writing skills for several newspapers and TV scripts, which have been produced for the Fox TV show Wake Rattle and Roll. Don has worked for the long running TV show COPS on two different occasions as Vice President of Direct Marketing. His first novel, a Beatles inspired mystery called HEY JUDE will be published in April by Odyssey Books. You may contact Don Baker at: www.onionheaddirect.com. www.americandrtv.com http://www.dyatlovpassproductions.com/Home_Page.html
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
George J. Haas
George Haas is member of the Society of Planetary SETI Research and the founder of The Cydonia Institute (EST1991). His research encompasses over 20 years of study and analysis of NASA and ESA photographs of the surface of Mars. Beginning with the Face on Mars, he began documenting a set of unprecedented parallels between aesthetically designed structures on the red planet with the art and iconography of Mesoamerican cultures. His early schooling was in the visual arts, which included painting, sculpture and photography. He is a sculptor, art instructor, writer, curator, and the former director of the Sculptors’ Association of New Jersey During the 1980s I exhibited extensively throughout the New Jersey and New York area and was represented by the Grace Harkin Gallery in New York’s East Village and had a one man show at the OK Harris Gallery of Art in Soho in 1989. In his provocative book, The Cydonia Codexauthors George J. Haas and William R. Saunders use archaeological research discoveries and photographs from NASA and other space programs to document the uncanny similarities between Martian and now-extinct Earth cultures. The Martian Codex begins with a review of the thirty-year history of documenting the famous “Face on Mars” landform. Contact George Haas at: SPSR: http://spsr.utsi.edu/ STAIF: http://www.staif2.org/
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Cris Putnam
Cris Putnam, best selling author, holds a Master's degree in Theological Studies, a Bachelor of Science degree in religion and mathematics as well as a certification in Christian apologetics. He has a certificate in parapsychology from the Rhine Research Center and is registered as Parapsychological Field Investigator with The Office of Paranormal Investigation. He is a lifetime member of the Koinonia Institute a multidenominational Christian think tank. In addition to his scholarly work in apologetic theology, Cris D. Putnam is a bestselling co-author of two recent books with co-author Thomas Horn: Petrus Romanus and Exo-Vaticana as well as a contributor to the compilation Pandemonium's Engine: the Rise of Transhumanism. His latest book The Supernatural Worldview: Examining Paranormal, Psi, and the Apocalyptic argues that naturalistic materialism is waning in the midst of "the paranormal paradigm shift." The book presents ground breaking new evidences supporting the biblical worldview replete with miracles, angels and demons. Cris is recognized for his expertise in the area of biblical prophecy and other prophetic traditions. In that regard, he has been interviewed as an expert for Countdown to Apocalypse which aired in Fall of 2012 on The History Channel and in several recent documentary films including The Last Pope? And Watchers 7 with LA Marzulli and the soon to be released Inhuman: the Transhuman Agenda.
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
William Whitehead who lives in Alton IL was born January 31,1969 and he is 45 years old. He worked as a painter until 2003 when he suffered a career ending back injury along with having to have 33 abdominal surgeries. William has been a paranormal investigator for the last 10 years. He joined Riverbend Paranormal in 2008 after investigating on his own since 2005. He left Riverbend in 2011 to start After Dark Paranormal where they were one of the only teams in the area to incorporate and open our their venue, the Haunted YMCA in Granite City IL 62040. In 2009 he opened The Paranormal Shop and started selling paranormal investigating equipment and converting regular cameras and camcorders to night vision and full spectrum. He still operating the business to this day. He turned the ADP team over to his friend and lead investigator Dave Richey and Jamie Smith ll in late 2013 and is now concentrating on building and selling equipment full time and investigate when he can with his fiance Jennifer Nagel and other independent investigators. He now investigates as an independent. He investigate with friends, Jennifer, and occasionally will do things with ADP though he is no longer a member. The Paranormal Shop offers cameras, static sensors, EM pumps, IR and full spectrum illuminators, audio recorders, and other equipment that William builds himself and orders from distributors. His prices are less than the competition because of our affiliates and suppliers. Everything is guaranteed and they can match any competitor's prices. They are looking into the future of investigating with the use of Microsoft's Kinect sensors technology and IR video glasses as seen on Ghost Hunters. He will bring paranormal investigating into a new and exciting era with integrity and hard work with others in this field. He believes they will take the paranormal field to another level through scientific means and endless long nights of hard work.
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Audrey is an identical twin born in 1973, and a lifelong Alien Abductee/Experiencer. Her experiences started in very early childhood, and her contact continues to this day. For many years Audrey struggled with the fear, trauma, confusion and denial that often accompanies this phenomenon. After years of struggling, she finally decided to try and find someone who may be able to help her. In the mid 90's, she began her search for help. She is certified by I.A.C.T. (International Association of Counselors and Therapists) and now has her advanced certification in hypnotherapy. Audrey was trained at the Shamballa School of Esoteric Sciences, as a Master Teacher/Master Healer of Shamballa Multidimensional healing. Audrey has done many radio shows on the subject of Alien Abduction, has been featured in various magazines and newspapers, as well as several books including Jeff Ballenger’s "Picture Yourself Legend Tripping" and Kathy Marden’s and Denise Stoner’s book "The Alien Abduction Files". Audrey has also been on ABC 20/20’s Primetime Outsiders, National Geographic's The Secret History of UFO's, Frankie Rose's Interstellar album Commercial, The Bio Channels Pilot episode of Alien Encounters, and will be on Destination America Channel’s Monsters and Mysteries in America season 2. Audrey also is actively filming other TV shows that will be airing in the near future. Audrey is 100% dedicated to bringing the TRUTH for all to see. Together with her amazing team, Starborn Support, she will continue to assist others, and bring the truth to this planet in every way she can. Contact email: aah3273@yahoo.com phone: 774-766-2558 facebook.com/pages/Starborn Support facebook.com/ExperiencersSpeak
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one!
Andrea Perron
Andrea Perron is the author of the trilogy "House of Darkness House of Light". These books chronicle the life she shared with dead and living alike in a Colonial era farmhouse in Harrisville, R.I. The Perron family purchased the farmhouse in 1970 and spent the next ten years discovering that good and evil are in a perpetual state of war and there is something beyond our mortal existence. Born in 1958, at the age of twelve her parents purchased the Arnold Estate, beginning an incredible journey beyond the realm of reality as most perceive it to be. A collective memoir, it details the encounters experienced by each and every member of her family. Seven mere mortals spent a decade exploring the vast expanse of possibilities which exist beyond the five senses, employing the sixth for clarity. Andrea received an interdisciplinary degree in English & philosophy from Chatham College in 1980 and two weeks later, left the farm with her family, moving to Georgia in June of that year. She has since owned two businesses and spent nearly a decade as a counselor before abandoning her career to tell this story, to write the books she believes she was destined to write. She lives quietly with her mother in rural Georgia where she continues her work, as the final manuscript is poised for publication in October 2013. She is a human rights advocate, an animal rights activist and an outspoken member of the world community which she insists needs to be saved from themselves. Her story on which the film "The Conjuring" was based, was in the investigative case files of Ed and Lorraine Warren. Visit Perron's YouTube channel & website for more information.
Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! Welcome Church! We are here every Sunday to read the Bible, tell personal stories and pray together because when two or more are gathered.....In a non-judgemental down to earth format. God bless you every one! Today we are reading Chapter 11 in John. As described in Wikipedia: "John presents a "higher" Christology than the synoptic gospels, meaning that it describes Jesus as the incarnation of the divine Logos through whom all things were made, as the object of veneration. Only in John does Jesus talk at length about himself and his divine role, often sharing such information with the disciples only. Against the synoptics, John focuses largely on different miracles (including the resurrection of Lazarus), given as signs meant to engender faith. Synoptic elements such as parables and exorcisms are not found in John. It presents a realized eschatology in which salvation is already present for the believer".